Congressional Testimony

MONETARY POLICY AND THE STATE OF THE ECONOMY HEARING BEFORETHE COMMITTEE ON FINANCIAL SERVICES U.S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES ONE HUNDRED TWELFTH CONGRESS SECOND SESSION FEBRUARY 29, 2012 Printed for the use of the Committee on Financial Services Serial No. 112–103 ( U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 75–075 PDF WASHINGTON : 2012 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512–1800; DC area (202) 512–1800 Fax: (202) 512–2104 Mail: Stop IDCC, Washington, DC 20402–0001 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 5011 Sfmt 5011 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI HOUSE COMMITTEE ON FINANCIAL SERVICES SPENCER BACHUS, Alabama, Chairman JEB HENSARLING, Texas, Vice Chairman BARNEY FRANK, Massachusetts, Ranking PETER T. KING, New York Member EDWARD R. ROYCE, California MAXINE WATERS, California FRANK D. LUCAS, Oklahoma CAROLYN B. MALONEY, New York RON PAUL, Texas LUIS V. GUTIERREZ, Illinois DONALD A. MANZULLO, Illinois NYDIA M. VELA´ZQUEZ, New York WALTER B. JONES, North Carolina MELVIN L. WATT, North Carolina JUDY BIGGERT, Illinois GARY L. ACKERMAN, New York GARY G. MILLER, California BRAD SHERMAN, California SHELLEY MOORE CAPITO, West Virginia GREGORY W. MEEKS, New York SCOTT GARRETT, New Jersey MICHAEL E. CAPUANO, Massachusetts RANDY NEUGEBAUER, Texas RUBE´N HINOJOSA, Texas PATRICK T. MCHENRY, North Carolina WM. LACY CLAY, Missouri JOHN CAMPBELL, California CAROLYN MCCARTHY, New York MICHELE BACHMANN, Minnesota JOE BACA, California THADDEUS G. McCOTTER, Michigan STEPHEN F. LYNCH, Massachusetts KEVIN McCARTHY, California BRAD MILLER, North Carolina STEVAN PEARCE, New Mexico DAVID SCOTT, Georgia BILL POSEY, Florida AL GREEN, Texas MICHAEL G. FITZPATRICK, Pennsylvania EMANUEL CLEAVER, Missouri LYNN A. WESTMORELAND, Georgia GWEN MOORE, Wisconsin BLAINE LUETKEMEYER, Missouri KEITH ELLISON, Minnesota BILL HUIZENGA, Michigan ED PERLMUTTER, Colorado SEAN P. DUFFY, Wisconsin JOE DONNELLY, Indiana NAN A. S. HAYWORTH, New York ANDRE´ CARSON, Indiana JAMES B. RENACCI, Ohio JAMES A. HIMES, Connecticut ROBERT HURT, Virginia GARY C. PETERS, Michigan ROBERT J. DOLD, Illinois JOHN C. CARNEY, JR., Delaware DAVID SCHWEIKERT, Arizona MICHAEL G. GRIMM, New York FRANCISCO ‘‘QUICO’’ CANSECO, Texas STEVE STIVERS, Ohio STEPHEN LEE FINCHER, Tennessee JAMES H. CLINGER, Staff Director and Chief Counsel (II) VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 5904 Sfmt 5904 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI C O N T E N T S Page Hearing held on: February 29, 2012 ............................................................................................ 1 Appendix: February 29, 2012 ............................................................................................ 53 WITNESSES WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 29, 2012 Bernanke, Hon. Ben S., Chairman, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ................................................................................................................... 6 APPENDIX Prepared statements: Paul, Hon. Ron .................................................................................................. 54 Bernanke, Hon. Ben S. ..................................................................................... 56 ADDITIONAL MATERIAL SUBMITTED FOR THE RECORD Bernanke, Hon. Ben S.: Monetary Policy Report to the Congress, dated February 29, 2012 ............. 65 Written responses to questions submitted by Chairman Bachus ................. 129 Written responses to questions submitted by Representative Fitzpatrick .. 131 Written responses to questions submitted by Representative Luetkemeyer .................................................................................................. 134 Written responses to questions submitted by Representative Schweikert .. 136 (III) VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 5904 Sfmt 5904 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 5904 Sfmt 5904 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI MONETARY POLICY AND THE STATE OF THE ECONOMY Wednesday, February 29, 2012 U.S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES, COMMITTEE ON FINANCIAL SERVICES, Washington, D.C. The committee met, pursuant to notice, at 10 a.m., in room 2128, Rayburn House Office Building, Hon. Spencer Bachus [chairman of the committee] presiding. Members present: Representatives Bachus, Hensarling, Royce, Paul, Biggert, Capito, Garrett, Neugebauer, McHenry, McCotter, Pearce, Posey, Fitzpatrick, Luetkemeyer, Huizenga, Duffy, Hayworth, Renacci, Hurt, Dold, Schweikert, Grimm, Canseco, Stiv- ers, Fincher; Frank, Waters, Maloney, Velazquez, Watt, Ackerman, Sherman, Meeks, Capuano, Hinojosa, Clay, McCarthy of New York, Baca, Lynch, Miller of North Carolina, Scott, Green, Cleaver, Ellison, Perlmutter, Donnelly, Carson, Himes, Peters, and Carney. Chairman BACHUS. This hearing will come to order. We meet today to receive the semiannual report to Congress by the Chair- man of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Fed) on the conduct of monetary policy and the state of the econ- omy. Pursuant to committee rule 3(f)(2), opening statements are limited to the chair and ranking minority member of the full com- mittee and the chair and ranking minority member of the Sub- committee on Domestic Monetary Policy and Technology for a pe- riod of 8 minutes on each side. Without objection, all Members’ written statements will be made a part of the record. I recognize myself for 5 minutes for an opening statement. In my opening statement today, I am going to avoid making any predictions about future events since I do not have a crystal ball. Nor do you, Mr. Chairman. Instead, I am going to address two sub- jects: the need for long-term entitlement reform; and the Federal Reserve’s dual mandate. For the last 3 years, we have operated in a low interest rate en- vironment, which has artificially lowered the cost of our debt serv- icing. This temporary respite will not last forever. Chairman Bernanke, in each of your past appearances before this committee, you and I have discussed the dangers posed to the U.S. economy by record levels of debt and deficits and the critical need for entitlement reform. Let’s have order in the committee, and respect from all of the Members, and that will go for the staff, as well. (1) VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 2 We have discussed how long-term restructuring of our entitle- ment programs will have clear benefits for our economy today and will give our country a greater chance of success in the long term. Fortunately, and sadly, too few in Washington appear to be listen- ing to this discussion. Your appearance here today is yet another opportunity for us to have this important dialogue, and it is my hope that Congress and the White House will join together and ad- dress entitlement reform. And as we have discussed, this is not something the Federal Reserve can do. You have kept interest rates low. It has given us an opportunity, but it is not an oppor- tunity that will last forever. Your appearance is also an opportunity for us to have another important dialogue, this one on the Federal Reserve’s dual man- date. You discuss this in your opening statement. The Federal Re- serve’s conduct of monetary policy through the manipulation of in- terest rates and its control of the money supply implies a certain level of government management of the economy. While this makes some Americans uncomfortable, and makes me uncomfortable at times, there is a general recognition of the need for an independent central bank to set monetary policy. Yet, if one closely examines the Federal Reserve’s dual mandate—price stability; and maximum employment—it quickly becomes apparent that while the first part of that mandate involves monetary policy, the second is largely a function of economic policy. You acknowledge this, Chairman Bernanke, in your testimony for today’s hearing when you state that ‘‘while maximum employment stands on an equal footing with price stability as an objective of monetary policy, the maximum level of employment in an economy is largely determined by non- monetary factors that affect the structure and dynamics of the labor market. ‘‘By giving the Federal Reserve a mandate that includes max- imum employment, it is fair to ask whether we have surrendered too much control over the economy to a government agency and whether a mandate that is more centrally focused on monetary pol- icy would be a better approach.’’ In other words, the Federal Reserve would continue to deal with monetary policy, but would not have responsibility or the burden, and really you don’t have the power, to control economic events. In- deed, for the first 65 years of its existence, the Federal Reserve did not operate under a dual mandate. It was only in 1977 that Con- gress passed a law requiring the Federal Reserve to promote both maximum employment and price stability. It may therefore be ap- propriate for Congress to revisit the dual mandate with an eye to- wards refocusing the Fed on its core mission of long-term price sta- bility and other matters that constitute monetary policy. The Con- gress, on the other hand, could focus on employment, because it is and continues to be our responsibility to focus on jobs. Chairman Bernanke, I know all of us look forward to your testi- mony. I now recognize the ranking member, Mr. Frank. Mr. FRANK. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I will accept your invita- tion for a civil debate on these subjects. Let me begin with the def- icit reduction, which I agree is a great requirement, but I disagree with this focus which you reflect on entitlement reform. Before I reduce Social Security payments to elderly people—particularly, for VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 3 example, those who want to reduce the cost-of-living increase so that 82-year old women living on a fairly modest income would get less of a compensation for inflation, particularly since healthcare costs are a major cost for them and go up more than regular infla- tion—I think we should withdraw from Afghanistan. I support the President’s decision to withdraw troops from Iraq, and I know that many on the Republican side have been critical of that. We do have to reduce spending. But we spend far more as a favor to much of the rest of the world on the military than we need to. And before I will impose costs on elderly Americans, I should add, I regard the enactment of Social Security and Medicare as two of the great accomplishments of this country in the 20th Century. They were opposed on partisan grounds, both of them, when they came. Yes, there are some areas where there can be greater efficiencies, but the notion that that is the major place you get savings, when we continue to spend 5.4 percent or more or less, but around 5 percent of our gross domestic product on the military while our NATO allies spend 1.7 percent and get the benefit of an enormous subsidy from us, makes no sense. When people are crit- ical of the President’s proposal to begin to withdraw from Afghani- stan, I think it ought to be done more quickly, and then tell me that they want to cut the deficit and don’t want to raise taxes, I fear for Social Security and Medicare because to do that would re- quire cuts in those programs that go far beyond efficiency or ref- erence to sort of reduce what goes to people in the upper-income brackets. I particularly welcome this debate on the dual mandate because I think there is an illogic in the way it was just stated. It is true that the Federal Reserve has more direct impact control of the monetary policy than it does over employment, but the point is that monetary policy, the level of interest rates, has an effect on em- ployment. The notion that they are unconnected, obviously, isn’t the case. The chairman didn’t say that, but I think that is the im- plication of saying that the Federal Reserve shouldn’t be dealing with employment. In fact, let me give an example. We have had a debate about what should have been done because of mortgages being given that shouldn’t have been given. One argument has been that the Fed- eral Reserve should have shut down the whole economy to some ex- tent by raising interest rates, that it should have deflated the bub- ble by raising interest rates, with a consequent negative effect on employment as well as other things. Many of us believe instead that the Federal Reserve under Mr. Bernanke’s predecessor—not him—should have used the authority this Congress gave him in 1994 to prevent the bad mortgages; that is, that there should have been more targeted efforts to deal with this rather than deflate the economy as a whole as a way of dealing with that problem. We do have a serious employment problem. It is to Mr. Bernanke’s credit that he has taken seriously this dual mandate, and this shouldn’t be a partisan issue. I think people may some- times forget that Mr. Bernanke, whose work in this job I greatly admire, was one of the highest ranking appointees on economic matters by President George W. Bush. He was Chair, I believe, of the Council of Economic Advisors. It was President Bush who ap- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 4 pointed him to the Federal Reserve. He is an example of biparti- sanship, and what I find is that while a lot of my colleagues like bipartisanship in principle, they just have never found an example of it that they want to tolerate. Mr. Bernanke’s concern for infla- tion and employment is a very good one, and the notion that we should say okay to the Federal Reserve, you don’t pay attention to employment, we will handle that, and you should simply try to pre- vent inflation invites them to impose an interest rates regime which would be unfortunate. And by the way, I would contrast the Federal Reserve under our dual mandate with the European Cen- tral Bank until recently with their unitary mandate of just infla- tion. I think, frankly, that the Federal Reserve’s record in trying to deal with the balanced economy has been a better one, and to some extent the European Central Bank has improved partly be- cause they have almost explicitly been following the model of the U.S. Federal Reserve, which has cooperated with them. So yes, I think we should reduce the deficit, but to talk about doing that by cutting Social Security, and Medicare to the exclu- sion, in fact, many of my colleagues want to spend even more on the military as this great gift to the rest of the world so they don’t have to spend on their own, and the notion that the Federal Re- serve, a very powerful economic entity, should set interest rates with no regard for their impact on employment both seem to be wrong, and I think the country would benefit from that kind of de- bate. Chairman BACHUS. I thank the gentleman. And let me simply say that I think we could address both of them. I don’t think that they are mutually exclusive, and as you know, I have a son who served in the Marines, and— Mr. FRANK. Mr. Chairman, if we are getting in extra things, I would simply respond to what you said, and you are a representa- tive of a large group that talks about entitlements and the military only comes up as an afterthought. Chairman BACHUS. I think it needs to be a grand bargain. We discussed that, and I think we need to agree on that. Everything ought to be on the table but without entitlement reforms we won’t get— Mr. FRANK. Mr. Chairman, are we going to continue this debate after our 5 minutes? Chairman BACHUS. All right, at this time Mr. Paul, your thorn in the flesh, is recognized for 3 minutes. Dr. PAUL. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, and welcome, Chairman Bernanke. I guess over the last 30 or 40 years I have criticized the Fed on occasion, but the Congress deserves some criticism, too. The Federal Reserve is a creature of the Congress, and if we don’t know what the Fed is doing, we have the authority and we certainly have the authority to pursue a lot more oversight, which I would like to see. So although the Fed is on the receiving end, and I think right- fully so when you look at the record, the Fed has been around for 99 years, a few years before you took it over, and 99 percent, 98 percent of the dollar value is gone from the 1913 dollar. So that is not really a very good record. And I think what we are wit- nessing today is the end stages of a grand experiment, a philo- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 5 sophical experiment on total fiat money. Yes, they have been de- basing currencies for hundreds, if not thousands of years, and it al- ways ends badly. They always return to market-based money, which is commodity money, gold and silver. But this experiment is something different than we have ever had before, and it started in 1971, where we were actually given an opportunity in many ways to be the issuer of the fiat currency, and we had way too many benefits from that than people realized. But it has gone on for 40 years and people keep arguing from the other side of this argument that it is working, it is doing well, and yet, from my viewpoint and the viewpoint of the free-market econo- mists, all it is doing is building a bigger and bigger bubble. And the free-market economists were the ones who predicted the NASDAQ bubble, the housing bubbles, but we never hear from the Keynesian liberal economists and the central bankers saying watch out, there is a bubble out there. There is too much credit, too many problems there. There is a housing bubble. We have to deal with it. Usually, we get reassurance from the Fed on that. But I believe that there is a logical reason for this, because the Federal Reserve is given a responsibility to protect the value of the dollar. That is what stable prices are all about. We don’t even have a definition of a dollar. We ask about the definition of a dollar; oh, it is whatever it buys. Every single day it buys less than the next day. To me, it is sort of like building an economy and having eco- nomic planning, like a builder had a yardstick that changed its value every single day. Just think of the kind of building you would have. This is why we have this imbalance in our economic system. But it was a system designed to pyramid debt. We have a debt- based system. The more debt we have and the more debt that the Federal Reserve buys, the more currency they can print, and they monetize this debt. And no wonder we are in a debt crisis. It is worldwide. I think it is something we have never experienced be- fore. And I think the conclusion would be a vindication either for sound money, or if you win the argument and say yes, we are great managers, we know how to do it, we want the credit for the good times, and we want the credit for getting us out of those good times, I think within a few years, we are going to know. Of course, I am betting that the market is smarter, commodity money is smarter, nobody is smart enough to have central economic plan- ning. So I am anxiously waiting for this day, for the conclusion, be- cause reforms have to come. They are already talking about—when you see Robert Zoellick talking about monetary reforms, and talk- ing about gold, the time has come for serious discussion on mone- tary reform. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you, Dr. Paul, for that statement. And at this time, the gentleman from North Carolina, Mr. Watt, is rec- ognized for 3 minutes. Mr. WATT. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, and I appreciate the op- portunity to substitute for my friend, William Lacy Clay, the rank- ing member of the subcommittee, because he is unable to be here due to a conflict. And I am glad to see my friend President Paul back from the campaign trail. This seems to me like deja vu all over again since VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 6 I was the chairman of the Monetary Policy Subcommittee and he was the ranking member, and I got to go back to back with him quite often. Since I am substituting, I think I can do something kind of out of the ordinary today, and that is praise the work of my good friend, Chairman Bernanke, for doing his job and really not bowing to the political pressure of either the right or left, or political pres- sure of Republicans and Democrats, since the Federal Reserve is supposed to be free of all of those influences. I just think he has done a magnificent job, and the Fed has done a magnificent job of navigating us through some very, very difficult times, even as we will, I am sure, experience in today’s sharing in the midst of criti- cisms about the dual mandate, which the chairman has already raised, which I am sure the Federal Reserve certainly can’t do any- thing about. We gave them that mandate. They can’t refuse to do it. Criticisms about inflation-fighting policy, steps required for re- covery of the economy, interest rate policies, quantitative easing, transparency, involvement with the European Union and the rest of the world, involvement with the IMF, there is going to be plenty of criticism to go around today, and so I am pleased to have this opportunity to say thank you on behalf of myself, and hopefully some other members of the committee, and certainly members of private enterprise who believe that the Fed has stayed steady, and followed a course of action that has really saved our economy rath- er than leading us into the kind of defaults and problems that we could have experienced in these turbulent economic times. So I say that, and I yield back, Mr. Chairman. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you, Mr. Watt. I think you gave a very thoughtful statement, and I think Mr. Clay would approve of your statement. I will pick up on what Mr. Watt said, and thank you for being here, Chairman Bernanke. You do have a difficult job. You have tremendous challenges that face the country. Chairman Bernanke has informed us that he will need to leave at 1 p.m., and it is a gracious accommodation to be here for that length of time, so the Chair will strictly enforce the 5-minute rule. Without objection, Chairman Bernanke, your written statement will be made a part of the record, and you will now be recognized for a summary of your testimony. STATEMENT OF THE HONORABLE BEN S. BERNANKE, CHAIR- MAN, BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM Mr. BERNANKE. Thank you. Chairman Bachus, Ranking Member Frank, and other members of the committee, I am pleased to present the Federal Reserve’s semiannual Monetary Policy Report to the Congress. Let me begin with the discussion of current eco- nomic conditions and the outlook, and then I will turn to monetary policy. The recovery of the U.S. economy continues, but the pace of ex- pansion has been uneven and modest by historical standards. After minimal gains in the first half of last year, real GDP increased that a 21⁄ 4 percent annual rate in the second half. The limited informa- tion available for 2012 is consistent with growth proceeding, in VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 7 coming quarters, at a pace close to or somewhat above the pace that was registered during the second half of last year. We have seen some positive developments in the labor market. Private payroll employment has increased by 165,000 jobs per month on average since the middle of last year and nearly 260,000 new private sector jobs were added in January. The job gains in recent months have been relatively widespread across industries. In the public sector, by contrast, layoffs by State and local govern- ments have continued. The unemployment rate hovered around 9 percent for much of last year, but has moved down appreciably since September, reaching 8.3 percent in January. New claims for unemployment insurance benefits have also moderated. The decline in the unemployment rate over the past year has been somewhat more rapid than might have been expected given that the economy appears to have been growing during that time- frame at or below its longer-term trend; continued improvement in the job market is likely to require stronger growth in final demand and production. And notwithstanding the better recent data, the job market does remain far from normal. The unemployment rate remains elevated, long-term unemployment is still near record lev- els, and the number of persons working part time for economic rea- sons is very high. Household spending advanced moderately in the second half of last year, boosted by a fourth quarter surge in motor vehicle pur- chases that was facilitated by an easing of constraints on supply related to the earthquake in Japan. However, the fundamentals that support spending continue to be weak. Real household income and wealth were flat in 2011, and access to credit remains re- stricted for many potential borrowers. Consumer sentiment, which dropped sharply last summer, has since rebounded but remains rel- atively low. In the housing sector, affordability has increased dramatically as a result of decline in house prices and historically low interest rates on conventional mortgages. Unfortunately, many potential buyers lack the downpayment and credit history required to qualify for loans. Others are reluctant to buy a house now because of con- cerns about their income, employment prospects, and the future path of house prices. On the supply side of the market, about 30 percent of recent home sales have consisted of foreclosed or dis- tressed properties, and home vacancy rates remain high, putting downward pressure on house prices. More positive signs include a pickup in construction in the multifamily sector and recent in- creases in home builder sentiment. Manufacturing production has increased 15 percent since the trough of the recession and has posted solid gains since the middle of last year, supported by the recovery in motor vehicle supply chains and ongoing increases in business investment and exports. Real business spending for investment of equipment and software rose at an annual rate of about 12 percent over the second half of 2011, a bit faster than the first half of the year. But real export growth, while remaining solid, slowed somewhat over the same pe- riod as foreign economic activity decelerated, particularly in Eu- rope. The Members of the Board and the Presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks recently projected that economic activity in 2012 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 8 will expand at or somewhat above the pace registered in the second half of last year. Specifically, their projections for growth in real GDP this year, provided in conjunction with the January meeting of the FOMC, have a central tendency of 2.2 to 2.7 percent. These forecasts were considerably lower than the projections they made last June. A number of factors have played a role in this reassessment. First, the annual revisions to the national income and product ac- counts released last summer indicated the recovery had been some- what slower than previously estimated. In addition, fiscal and fi- nancial strains in Europe have weighed on financial conditions and global economic growth, and problems in U.S. housing and mort- gage markets have continued to hold down not only construction and related industries, but also household wealth and confidence. Looking beyond 2012, FOMC participants expect that economic ac- tivity will pick up gradually as these headwinds fade, supported by a continuation of the highly accommodative stance for monetary policy. With output growth in 2012 projected to remain close to its longer run trend, participants did not anticipate further substan- tial declines in the unemployment rate over the course of the year. Looking beyond this year, FOMC participants expect the unemploy- ment rate to continue to edge down only slowly towards levels con- sistent with the committee’s statutory mandate. In light of the somewhat different signals received recently from the labor market than from indicators of final demand and production, however, it will be especially important to evaluate incoming information to as- sess the underlying pace of the economic recovery. At our January meeting, participants agreed that strains in glob- al financial markets posed significant downside risk to the eco- nomic outlook. Investors’ concerns about fiscal deficit and the level of government debt in a number of European countries have led to substantial increases in sovereign borrowing costs, stresses in the European banking system, and associated reductions in the avail- ability of credit, and economic activity in the euro area. To help prevent strains in Europe from spilling over to the U.S. economy, the Federal Reserve in November agreed to extend and to modify the terms of its swap lines with other major central banks, and it continues to monitor the European exposures of U.S. financial institutions. A number of constructive policy actions have been taken of late in Europe, including the European Central Bank’s program to extend 3-year collateralized loans to European financial institutions. Most recently, European policymakers agreed on a new package of measures for Greece, which combines addi- tional official sector loans with a sizeable reduction of Greek debt held by the private sector. However, critical fiscal and financial challenges remain for the euro zone, the resolution of which will re- quire concerted action on the part of European authorities. Further steps will also be required to boost growth and competitiveness in a number of countries. We are in frequent contact with our coun- terparts in Europe and will continue to follow the situation closely. As I discussed in my July testimony, inflation picked up during the early part of 2011. A surge in the price of oil and other com- modities along with supply disruptions associated with the disaster VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 9 in Japan that put upward pressure on motor vehicle prices pushed overall inflation to an annual rate of more than 3 percent over the first half of last year. As we had expected, however, these factors proved transitory and inflation moderated to an annual rate of 11⁄ 2 percent during the second half of the year, close to its average pace in the preceding 2 years. In the projections made in January, the Committee anticipated that over coming quarters, inflation will run at or below the 2 percent level we judge most consistent with our statutory mandate. Specifically, the central tendency of partici- pants’ forecast for inflation in 2012 ranged from 1.4 to 1.8 percent, about unchanged from the projections made last June. Looking fur- ther ahead, participants expected the subdued level of inflation to persist beyond this year. Since these projections were made, gaso- line prices have moved up, primarily reflecting higher global oil prices, a development that is likely to push up inflation temporarily while reducing consumers’ purchasing power. We will continue to monitor energy markets carefully. Longer-term inflation expecta- tions as measured by surveys and financial market indicators ap- pear consistent with the view that inflation will remain subdued. Against this backdrop of restrained growth, persistent downside risk to the outlook for real activity, and moderating inflation, the Committee took several steps to provide additional monetary ac- commodation during the second half of 2011 and in early 2012. These steps included changes to the forward rate guidance included in the Committee’s post-meeting statements and adjustments to the Federal Reserve’s holdings of Treasury and agency securities. The target range for the Federal funds rate remains at 0 to 1⁄ 4 per- cent, and the forward guidance language in the FOMC policy state- ment provides an indication of how long the Committee expects that target range to be appropriate. In August, the Committee clarified the forward guidance lan- guage, noting that economic conditions, including low rates of re- source utilization and the subdued outlook for inflation over the medium run, were likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for Federal funds rate at least through the middle of 2013. By pro- viding a longer time horizon than had been previously expected by the public, the statement tended to put downward pressure on longer-term interest rates. At the January 2012 FOMC meeting, the Committee amended the forward guidance, further extending the horizon over which it expects economic conditions to warrant exceptionally low levels of the Federal funds rate to at least through late 2014. In addition to the adjustments made to the forward guidance, the Committee modified its policies regarding the Federal Reserve’s holding of securities. In September, the Committee put in place a maturity extension program that combines purchases of longer- term Treasury securities with sales of shorter-term Treasury secu- rities. The objective of this program is to lengthen the average ma- turity of our securities holdings without generating a significant change in the size of our balance sheet. Removing longer-term se- curities from the market should put downward pressure on longer- term interest rates and help make financial conditions more sup- portive of economic growth than they otherwise would have been. To help support conditions in the mortgage markets, the Com- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 10 mittee also decided at a September meeting to reinvest principal received from its holdings of agency debt and agency MBS in agen- cy MBS, rather than continuing to reinvest those proceeds in longer-term Treasury securities as had been the practice since Au- gust 2010. The Committee reviews the size and composition of its security holdings regularly and is prepared to adjust those holdings as appropriate to promote a stronger economic recovery in the con- text of price stability. Before concluding, I would like to say a few words about the statement of longer-run goals and policy strategy that the FOMC issued at the conclusion of its January meeting. The statement re- affirms our commitment to our statutory objectives given to us by the Congress of price stability and maximum employment. Its pur- pose is to provide additional transparency and increase the effec- tiveness on monetary policy. The statement does not imply a change in how the Committee conducts policy. Transparency is enhanced by providing greater specificity about our objectives. Because the inflation rate over the longer run is de- termined primarily by monetary policy, it is feasible and appro- priate for the Committee to set a numerical goal for that key vari- able. The FOMC judges that an inflation rate of 2 percent, as measured by the annual change in the price index for personal con- sumption expenditures, is most consistent over the longer run with its statutory mandate. While maximum employment stands on an equal footing with price stability as an objective of monetary policy, the maximum level of employment in an economy is largely deter- mined by non-monetary factors that affect the structure and dy- namics of the labor market. It is therefore not feasible for any cen- tral bank to specify a fixed goal for the longer-run level of employ- ment. However, the Committee can estimate the level of maximum employment and use that estimate to inform its policy decisions. In our most recent projections, in January for example, FOMC partici- pants’ estimates of the longer-run normal rate of unemployment had a central tendency of 5.2 to 6.0 percent. As I noted a moment ago, the level of maximum employment in an economy is subject to change. For instance, it can be affected by shifts in the structure of the economy and by a range of economic policies. If at some stage the Committee estimated that the maximum level of employ- ment had increased, for example, we would adjust monetary policy accordingly. The dual objectives of price stability and maximum employment are generally complementary. Indeed, at present, with the unem- ployment rate elevated and the inflation outlook subdued, the Com- mittee judges that sustaining a highly accommodative stance for monetary policy is consistent with promoting both objectives. How- ever, in cases where these objectives are not complementary, the Committee follows a balanced approach in promoting them, taking into account the magnitude of the deviations of inflation in employ- ment from levels judged to be consistent with the dual mandate, as well as potentially different time horizons over which employ- ment and inflation are projected to return to such levels. Thank you, and I would be pleased to take your questions. [The prepared statement of Chairman Bernanke can be found on page 56 of the appendix.] VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 11 Chairman BACHUS. Thank you, Chairman Bernanke. Chairman Bernanke, the biggest driver of the ever-increasing deficits this Na- tion faces is the runaway growth in all of our major entitlement programs: Medicare; Medicaid; and Social Security. You have re- peatedly stressed that the United States needs to return the Fed- eral Government to a sound fiscal footing over the long term. Yet, the Administration’s 2013 fiscal budget does nothing to reform these programs or rein in their costs. Now, we did address military spending with cuts in the budget and with sequestration, but if we fail to reform our major entitle- ment programs, what will be some of the consequences? And if we do make major long-term structural changes on entitlement pro- grams, do you see immediate or short-term benefits? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, Mr. Chairman, thank you. I have often, as you noted, talked about the importance of establishing long-run fis- cal sustainability in the United States. If you take a look at the Congressional Budget Office’s report that recently came out, what you see is that under current law, which is the basis of the projec- tions they have to make, over the next 10 to 15 years you begin to see an increasing acceleration in the size of the debts and defi- cits. It reaches a point where obviously it is just not going to be sustainable. Once the markets lose confidence in the ability of the government to maintain fiscal sustainability, then there are nu- merous risks. The most extreme case would be a financial crisis or a sharp increase in interest rates, analogous to what we have seen in some European countries. Even absent that extreme result, large deficits and debt over a longer period of time raise interest rates above levels where they normally would be and crowd out pri- vate investment and are bad for growth and productivity. They also involve borrowing from foreign lenders, which also is a drain on current U.S. income. So it is important to address this issue. I guess one point I would make is that there may be some problems with the focus on the 10-year window that is part of the effective analysis of the Con- gress since many of the problems are really just becoming more se- vere after 10 years. So I would ask Congress to consider not just the 10-year window, but the longer horizon implications of their policy decisions. Would they have benefits for today? I think that a credible plan put in place that would strengthen the view that the United States would be fiscally sustainable in the longer term, it would have cur- rent benefits in terms of lower expected tax rates, greater con- fidence, and perhaps lower interest rates. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you, Chairman Bernanke. Chairman Bernanke, you are a member of the Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC), which is charged with responding to threats to fi- nancial stability and mitigating the problem of too-big-to-fail. The Economist recently published a piece on the Dodd-Frank Act enti- tled, ‘‘Too Big Not To Fail,’’ which noted that there is never more apparent risk that the harm done by the massive cost and com- plexity of its regulations and the effects of its internal inconsist- encies will outweigh what good may come of it. Will the Financial Stability Oversight Council consider the threat to financial stability that the cost and complexity of Dodd-Frank VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 12 poses to the financial system and offer advice on how to minimize that cost and complexity, and how do you view the Fed’s role in that process? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, Mr. Chairman. I have actually been quite pleased with the functioning of the FSOC. We have met regularly. The meetings involve essentially every principal, who come to every meeting. We have good discussions, and between the formal meet- ings, we have extensive discussion among the senior staff of the various agencies. So, there has been a lot of interaction. I think there are a lot of benefits to coordination. We have talked to each other about making sure our policies are as consistent as possible, that they provide a level playing field and obviously, where we can avoid redundancy and successive complication, we want to do that. At the Federal Reserve’s level, we support the basic goals of Dodd-Frank, which are to create a more macro-prudential approach to supervision to make sure that we are looking for systemic risks as well as risks to individual institutions, to make sure that our large institutions have more capital, more liquidity, and are better supervised. All those are the key goals. We understand that the specifics of the regulations make a big difference. It is very impor- tant to make sure that we get the best result for the least burden. And we have a process of both comments, consultations, and of course cost-benefit analyses to try to make sure that we are putting out rules that are, on the one hand, effective at reducing the risk of financial crisis, but that minimize the regulatory cost; particu- larly, I would add, for the smallest banks, which are least able to deal with those costs. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you very much. Ranking Member Frank? Mr. FRANK. Mr. Chairman, thank you for that implicit refutation of the notion that the financial reform bill is causing people all of these terrible problems. I should point out, by the way, that its bi- partisan nature has not been fully understood. In addition to your- self, one of the major contributors to that bill was another ap- pointee of President Bush whom I greatly admired, Sheila Bair, who was head of the FDIC. I was at the Treasury Department and noted the portrait of Hank Paulson that has gone up in which a write-up that obviously was with his approval at least, noted his having initiated many of the reforms that wound up in the finan- cial reform bill. So Mr. Paulson, who was also there. I do want to go back again to the deficit, because the chairman said to me, yes, he agrees it should be the military, but again he only talks about the entitlements. And when you talk about the level of reduction we need, if you are going to get that all out of Social Security and Medicare and not go elsewhere, you are going to be doing damage. And I believe you start with overseas military expenditures that are quite excessive. Let me just ask you from an economic standpoint, given the importance of a longer-term policy to produce a deficit, from a purely economic standpoint, there are policy preferences that I know you don’t want to get into, but from the purely macroeconomic standpoint, would it be greatly different if those came from, say, reducing the cost of living increases, Social Security or restricting Medicare, or from some change in the Tax VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 13 Code at the upper levels of income? Would there be any macro- economic difference? Mr. BERNANKE. From a macroeconomic perspective, the main thing is to achieve sustainability, which means that deficits come under control, and debt to GDP ratio— Mr. FRANK. So it didn’t make that much difference which way you did it from the macroeconomic standpoint? Mr. BERNANKE. Of course, it is important to make good decisions about how you spend your money. Mr. FRANK. I appreciate that, but I just want to go back to this question of the dual mandate and the notion that somehow you really can’t do much about employment. You repudiate that, and I think you have not just done this rhetorically; you have done it in practice. About a year ago, two very distinguished economists, Alan Blinder and Mark Zandi, did a paper about how the Great Reces- sion was brought to an end. Now, Mr. Blinder was a Democrat. He was the Vice Chair with you at the Fed, but Mr. Zandi has been bipartisan, and let me quote from them. They talk about aggressive fiscal and monetary policies that not only averted a Great Depres- sion but are resulting now in the beginnings of a recovery. When we divide these into two components, one attributed to the fiscal stimulus and other to financial market policies, including the Fed’s quantitative easement, we estimate that the latter was substan- tially more powerful than the former. In other words, this assess- ment of how we did better says that monetary policy and things within the jurisdiction of the Fed were even more important than the stimulus, although they thought the stimulus was important. So this effort to denigrate the role you can play in that seems to be greatly mistaken. I also have handed out a chart to the press, and I would ask peo- ple who have a copy to look to page 17 of your report. And there is a chart on the bottom, ‘‘Net change in private payroll employ- ment, 2005 to 2012.’’ It measures monthly job loss. The nadir of this, the lowest point, the worst monthly job loss comes in early 2009, in other words, just after the change in Administrations. And you then are beginning, and I would say this looks like February or March of 2009, you get one of the steepest rises I have ever seen. You get a very substantial, an almost vertical increase in em- ployment that takes place. You have a drop of the numbers losing, and then it hits, in early 2010 it goes into a positive thing. It levels off. I think that Europe was part of the problem, and then it starts to rise again. And I would note not only does this show a very sig- nificantly—it shows the worst employment position was right around the time of the changes in Administrations, but very sub- stantial increases beginning with early 2009, and a point now where the monthly increases in 2012 are equal to what they were in 2005. We have come back now. The total losses were so great during that period below the line that we haven’t yet undercut it. I would also note that you correctly point out that while we have done very substantial improvements in the private sector, not yet what we want, that has been diminished somewhat by reductions in State and local government. And the fact is if State and local government had been even, no gains, but hadn’t lost over half a million, then unemployment would now be under 7 percent. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 14 Now, let me ask you because we are moving along. As I see it, one of the major problems we have—and I guess I won’t even ask you to comment. I will say this. I think I am reflecting what you said, that one of the major obstacles or the major problems that might keep us from a continued upward trend, which is a good trend, although slower than we would like, would be troubles in Europe. I should just note, I think the role that you and your agen- cy have played in helping to get Europe to avoid greater troubles has been very helpful. And I think it is striking that you were get- ting criticism, particularly on the Republican side, but some from people on the left for a series of very constructive actions. So I just wanted to express my support for what you have been doing with the swap agreement, and in other ways, because the greatest threat to the American economy at this point is in Europe. I should note, by the way, thanks in part to what we have been doing here where there are problems, the American economy, I think, is the best performing economy of the developed world right now of any size, and you have been helping that. And the attacks on what the Fed has been doing to try and keep you from con- tinuing to encourage the right kinds of things in Europe are about as disastrous a prescription for American policy, and I hope you will continue to ignore them. Chairman BACHUS. Dr. Paul? Dr. PAUL. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Mr. Bernanke, if you don’t mind, would you tell me whether or not you do your own shopping at the grocery store? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, I do, sir. Dr. PAUL. Okay, so you are aware of the prices. This argument that the prices are going up about 2 percent, nobody believes it. In the old CPI, it says prices are going up about 9 percent so they be- lieve this. People on fixed incomes are really hurting. The middle class are really hurting because their inflation rate is very much higher than the government tries to tell them, and that is why they lose trust in government. But this whole idea about prices and debasement of currency, if you loaned me $100, and 2 years from now I gave you $90 back, you would be pretty upset. But we pay that money back and it is worth 10 or 15 or 20 percent less, and nobody seems to be able to do anything about it. It is very upset- ting. But it is theft if I don’t give you your full $100 back and you loan me $100. I am stealing $10 from you. So somebody is stealing wealth and this is very upsetting. But in January, at one of your press conferences, you said that—you sort of poked a little bit of fun at people to downplay the 2 percent inflation rate, but if you say it is 2 and I say it is 9, let’s compromise for the sake of argu- ment; it is 5 percent. You said that it doesn’t hurt you unless you are one of those people who stick the money in the mattress. But where are you going to put it? Are you going to put it in a CD and not make any money at all? So this doesn’t make any sense. It doesn’t encourage savings. And it just discourages people. But I do want to make a point about prices, because prices go up. That, to me, is not the inflation. It is one of the bad con- sequences of the inflation which comes from the increase in the money supply. And that is one of the bad effects. But you took over the Fed in 2006. I have a silver ounce here, and this ounce of silver VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 15 back in 2006 would buy over 4 gallons of gasoline. Today, it will buy almost 11 gallons of gasoline. That is preservation of value. And that is what the market has always said should be money. Money comes into effect in a natural way, not in edict, not by fiat by governments declaring it is money. But why is it that we can’t consider, the two of us, an option? You love paper money. I think money should be honest, constitu- tional, it is still on the books, gold and silver legal tender. Why don’t we use it? Why don’t we allow currencies to run parallel? They do around the world. One of my options, as much as I would like to do something with the Fed, I say the Fed is going to self- destruct eventually anyway when the money is gone. But why wouldn’t we legalize competing currencies? Why couldn’t people save, put this in a mattress, and get 4 or 5 times as much of the value in a few years. So the record of what you have done in the last 6 years is to destroy the value of real money, of paper money, at the same time real money is preserved. But a competing currency—we already have a silver eagle. It is legal tender for a dollar, and some people say well, it is legal ten- der. It is a dollar. It is on the books and they use it and they get into big trouble. The government comes and closes them down. You can get arrested for that. But what would be wrong with talking about parallel currency, competing currencies? This is something that Hayek talked about, something that I think would be a com- promise and that we could work along those views. Mr. BERNANKE. First of all, it is good to see you again, Congress- man Paul. Just one word on inflation. Of course, those numbers are constructed by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, not by the Fed. They are independently constructed, and I think they are done in a very serious and thoughtful way. On alternative currencies, nobody prevents you from holding sil- ver or gold if you want to. It is perfectly legal to do that, and it is also perfectly fine to hold other currencies, euros or yen or what- ever else. So in that respect, you can do that and I would be happy to talk to you about— Dr. PAUL. But Mr. Chairman, that is not money. When you pay taxes to buy a coin or you have capital gains tax, when it is not— if you have to settle a lawsuit, it is always settled in depreciating Federal Reserve notes. It is never settled in the real contract. So that is nothing near money when it is illegal to use it. But to do it, you would have to repeal the legal tender laws. You would have to legalize this. You would have to get rid of the sales taxes, you would have to get rid of the capital gains taxes. People even in Mexico, they are talking about this. They are trying to have com- peting currencies. They have been wiped out too many times with inflation, and wiped out the middle class. They are allowing people to start to save in a silver currency. So I hope we move along in that direction because there shouldn’t be any overwhelming changes all of a sudden that there could be a transition so people could vote on it. Maybe they will give up on the Federal Reserve note and vote for real money. Mr. BERNANKE. I would be very happy to talk to you about it. Dr. PAUL. Thank you very much. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 16 Ms. Waters? Mr. FRANK. Mr. Chairman, can I just make an announcement for the Democratic Members? We are going to follow the policy on our side. Obviously, we won’t be able to get to everybody here. The committee is too big. I wish it wasn’t. But our policy will be when Mr. Bernanke comes back for his second appearance this year, we will begin where we left off. So Members who do not get to ask a question today, we will start from there, and they will get to ask questions the second time. Thank you. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. We also have some procedures. Dr. Paul and Chairman Bernanke are getting along so marvelously, Ms. Waters, and we hope you will continue this cordiality. Ms. WATERS. Thank you very much. I am interested in housing. Everyone agrees that this economy is not going to rebound until the housing market is vigorously operating. So I want to find out a little bit about what is happening with the servicers and maybe something about principal reduction. On February 9th, the Federal Reserve assessed monetary pen- alties totaling $776 million on the 5 largest market servicers pur- suant to the consumer orders you issued in April of 2010. These five servicers also happen to be part of the settlement between the State Attorneys General and the Federal Government announced on the same day. As I understand it, the penalties paid by the servicers, under the consent orders issued by the Fed, can be satis- fied by loan modifications that they make under the State AG set- tlement. In other words, unless the servicers fail to comply with the settlement with AGs, there will be no monetary penalties for servicing violations identified by the consent orders, though we don’t know all of the details yet, because the State AG settlement terms have not been released. I understand that servicers can sat- isfy at least some of the requirements of the $26 billion AG settle- ment by writing down loans, including investor loans, owned loans that they service. My question is, will servicers be able to use the writedown of loans held by investors to satisfy the penalties levied by the Fed in response to their unsafe and unsound practices? That is the first part of my question. Mr. BERNANKE. No, we are part of the overall agreement and by participating we helped make it happen. By the way, we just re- leased our engagement letters and action plans for those companies that we oversee. The banks will have to verify that they have re- duced their own holdings, their own assets by the amount that they are taking credit for in the overall holding, and if they don’t meet those full amounts, then they will have to pay the rest in cash. Ms. WATERS. On the issue of whether to pursue principal reduc- tion modifications on residential mortgages, your report, your Fed- eral Reserve White Paper report acknowledges some of the prob- lems with negative equity, but the report never endorses principal reduction as a stabilization strategy. So with that said, I wanted to ask you what you thought of the speech by New York Fed Presi- dent Dudley shortly after your paper came out. In his remarks, Mr. Dudley suggested that principal reduction for GSE loans could min- imize loss of value on the delinquent loans they guarantee, and that a shared appreciation approach could help policymakers with- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 17 out giving certain homeowners a windfall. He also suggests a re- duction to people who are current on their payment. What do you think of the ideas proposed by Mr. Dudley in his speech? Does this approach abort some of the problems with prin- cipal reduction you identified in your report? Couldn’t this shared appreciation approach discourage homeowners from defaulting when they could otherwise pay their mortgage? Mr. BERNANKE. First, the Fed has no official position on principal reduction, and we were careful not to make explicit recommenda- tions precisely because we thought that was the congressional pre- rogative to make those determinations. We tried to provide a bal- anced analysis of principal reduction. I think it is a complex subject. It is not that we disagree on the goals. We want to reduce foreclosures and delinquencies. We want to help people who want to move to be able to do that, but there are often a number of alternatives in different situations. For ex- ample, if the idea is just to be able to move, then a short sale or deed in lieu might be the most effective way to do it. If the goal is to reduce payments, then refinancing at a lower interest rate or modification might be the most effective way to do it in terms of the dollars spent. So I think there are some interesting questions from the perspec- tive of public policy about what the best way to proceed is, whether that is the most cost-effective approach or not. Ms. WATERS. We are really interested, many of us, in principal reduction. In your report to Congress you note that facilitating principal modifications for all underwater borrowers would be too costly, but that identifying targeted segments of borrowers who would go to foreclosure without principal reduction is too difficult. And I won’t go on to talk about what Mr. Dudley said. So if you are not supporting principal reduction, and you are not talking about how homeowners can get out from under this fore- closure problem, what are you suggesting we do to improve this housing market? Mr. BERNANKE. We discuss a whole variety of things in our White Paper, though again with the proviso that our goal was to provide background analysis that would help the Congress make good decisions. For example, we have a big overhang of homes in the market. One of the ideas that we have discussed is moving REO, that is real estate owned, to rental. That is something that the FHFA has begun a pilot program on that is interesting. We talked about trying to identify some of the barriers to doing that on a large scale. That is one potential direction. There are a lot of issues right now with the tightness of mort- gage standards where people are not able to get mortgage credit, even when they meet the GSE standards. So we have talked about clarifying the representations and warranties that are part of the mortgage contract. FHFA and the GSEs have in fact looked at that as well, and I think that could be a constructive step. Servicing is an important issue. You referred to, in the begin- ning, the servicing agreement. Since early last year, we have put consent orders on all of the major servicers requiring them to im- prove their practices to have principal points of contact for indi- vidual borrowers, to provide more counseling, better controls, and VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 18 so on. There are a variety of things that can be done. Not all of them are congressional. Some of them are our own responsibilities as regulators, but some of them would require some congressional input. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. Thank you, Chairman Bernanke. The vice chairman of the full committee, Mr. Hensarling, is now recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. HENSARLING. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Chairman Bernanke, in your testimony you describe the recovery as modest relative to historic terms. I would note for the record that in this Administration, when you add in those who are underemployed, those who have left the labor force due to giving up, the true unem- ployment rate is 15.4 percent. Half of all Americans are now classified by the Census Bureau as either low income or in poverty, and one in seven now have to rely on food stamps. So from the perspective of my constituents, the use of the term ‘‘modest’’ is indeed modest. I would like to first return to the subject of our structural debt. One of the major players in our economy has said, ‘‘The major driv- er of our long-term liabilities—everybody here knows it—is Medi- care and Medicaid. In our health care spending, nothing comes close.’’ That, of course, was President Barack Obama. So I would suggest to the ranking member that when convenient, he first debate the President on this subject before he debates us. And I would ask this simply, Mr. Chairman. Even if we cut the Pentagon by 25 percent, make it 50 percent, have we solved the long-term structural debt crisis in our Nation? Mr. BERNANKE. You refer specifically to health care. And this is an area where costs have been going up much faster than GDP. The output of the health care industry is not markedly better than other countries. So, clearly, not only for fiscal issues, but also for private sector productivity, it is an important issue to address. And as a matter of arithmetic, it is true that over time, an increasing share of the total outlays to the Federal Government will be going to Medicare, Medicaid, and other health-related programs. So it is very important to address that. Mr. HENSARLING. Thank you. On page 7 of your testimony, in dealing with your dual mandate, you said the maximum level of employment in an economy is large- ly determined by nonmonetary factors. In my remaining time, I really want to pursue this theme. I certainly agree with the assess- ment, but I question—after 3 years of the most highly accommoda- tive monetary policy, I believe, in the history of our Nation—the re- cent announcement that we will continue this policy for 2 more years. I note according to your own statistics that public companies are now sitting on $2.1 trillion in excess liquidity. Banks have $1.5 tril- lion of excess liquidity, which seems to suggest that perhaps mone- tary policy is not the challenge that we have today. Recently, the Dallas Fed President, Richard Fisher, made me aware of a Harvard business study showing the greatest impedi- ments to job creation to be taxation, red tape, and uncertainty. A recent Gallup Poll of small businesses, of which you may be aware, VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 19 shows that roughly half believe that health care and government regulations are what is causing them not to hire more workers. You have job creator after job creator, like Bernie Marcus in Home Depot, saying, ‘‘I can tell you today that the impediments that the government imposes are impossible to deal with; Home Depot would have never succeeded if we tried to start today.’’ I would add the voices of just about every small business person I have talked to in the Fifth Congressional District of Texas, which I represent. And so, again, it begs two questions: Number one, the limits of the efficacy of monetary policy, and frankly, the risk as well. It was brought up earlier that we have retirees who are being squeezed, pension funds, savers. You certainly know that community banks are feeling squeezed. Many of them are lending out on the risk curve. And I am very grateful that you have shown your concern and anxiety over the structural debt, but to some extent, you are one of the major players by creating these artificial rates that I would argue mask the true cost of our fiscal folly. And to some extent, by keeping rates artificially this low, aren’t you simply postponing and exacerbating the problem, particularly the unintended con- sequences of another asset bubble? Do you share these concerns, and how do you balance them? Mr. BERNANKE. You raise a lot of good points. First, I do think the monetary policy has been constructive in bringing employment back toward the maximum employment level. Ranking Member Frank pointed out the sharp movement in March of 2009. That was exactly the date when we began QE1. Since QE2 in November 2010, there have been 2.5 million new jobs created. Now, I don’t claim credit for all of those jobs; of course, many other factors are at work. But I think it has been constructive. But you are also absolutely right, that in terms of what long- term employment productivity gains can be sustained by this econ- omy, monetary policy is not the answer to that; the answer is cer- tainly the private sector but in a partnership with good other eco- nomic policies, ranging from trade to regulation to education to in- frastructure to tax code and so on. And all those things are in the province of Congress. Of course, I certainly agree with you that monetary policy is not a panacea, that it could help offset cyclical fluctuations in financial crises like we have had, but the long-term health of the economy depends mostly on decisions taken by Congress and the Adminis- tration. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you very much. Mrs. Maloney? Mrs. MALONEY. Thank you. Welcome, Chairman Bernanke, and thank you very much for your public service. In your testimony today, you had some encouraging points, spe- cifically that in January, the private sector gained over 260,000 pri- vate sector jobs and that we have seen over the past 23 months a steady gain in private sector employment, over 3.7 million new jobs gained. I believe your chart that the ranking member pointed out is very graphic. We were losing 700,000 jobs a month when Presi- dent Obama took office, and we have been moving forward with VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 20 economic recovery. And I thank you for your leadership, really your brave and innovative leadership during this time. But we are still facing many, many challenges, including the challenge of the long-term unemployed, that seems so persistent and deep and strong. Over 40 percent of those who are unemployed have been so over 6 months. I would like to know whether you feel this is structural, or is this something we can address with im- proved conditions in our overall economy? And I am deeply concerned about the fact that we are facing the largest income disparity in the history of our country and that the gap seems to be getting larger and larger, and the challenges for the middle-, moderate-, and low-income people become stronger for them to make progress. The Administration has announced that their number one priority is creating jobs, growing our economy. What are the things that we could accomplish in order to stabilize our economy and create the conditions that would improve the op- portunity for more job growth? I, obviously, believe in the dual mandate. Specifically, do you think that at this point in the cycle, we need the kind of budgetary tightness or shrinking of the government that my friends on the other side of the aisle are advocating for? Doesn’t it make more sense in terms of our fragile economy to have more fiscal stimulus, to pass the transportation bill, to help create jobs and improvements in our economy? And again, thank you for your service. Mr. BERNANKE. Thank you. It is a very worrisome problem, the very high level of long-term unemployment. As you say, 40-plus percent of the unemployed have been unemployed for 6 months or more, which is the highest by far in the post-war period. I think that happened because the decline in the economy was so sharp and so severe in 2008 and 2009 that firms in a panic-stricken mode just cut many, many workers, and many of those people have not found work. This has a lot of potentially serious long-run consequences. We know that if you lose a job, and you are out of job for a long time and you find a new job, it will typically be a much lower paying job, for example, or a much less secure job. The concern in par- ticular is that people who are out of work for 6 months or more will be starting to lose skills. They will be losing attachment to the labor force. They won’t know what is happening in their field or their industry. And that is really one reason for urgency, to try to get jobs created and try to bring the economy back to a more nor- mal labor market. So that is certainly something to which we are paying a lot of attention. There is obviously no easy solution here. You asked about fiscal policy, and I have tried to make three points about fiscal policy. One, as we have already talked about—that achieving long-run sustainability and providing comfort to the public and the markets that deficits will come under control over a period of time—is very important for confidence and for creating more support for the re- covery. But at the same time, I think you also have to protect the recov- ery in the near term. Under current law, on January 1, 2013, there is going to be a massive fiscal cliff of large spending cuts and tax VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 21 increases. I hope that Congress will look at that and figure out ways to achieve the same long-run fiscal improvement without hav- ing it all happen one day. So attention should be paid to the— Mrs. MALONEY. Mr. Chairman, my time is running out. In some ways, monetary policy has replaced fiscal stimulus. And wouldn’t the recovery happen faster if we had a better balance between the two? Could you comment on the need for more fiscal stimulus— Mr. BERNANKE. I think if you do that, it needs to be part of a two-handed plan, so to speak. The actions that you take in the short run, whether they be infrastructure or education or tax re- form or whatever they may be, I hope that they are considered and wisely chosen. But it is also important that we keep in mind the long-term necessity of making fiscal policy sustainable. So you need to think about those two things together. Mrs. MALONEY. Thank you very much. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. The Chair at this time recognizes the Chair of the Subcommittee on Financial Institutions, Mrs. Biggert, who has actually done some very good work on housing issues, on housing actually. Mrs. BIGGERT. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And I would like to re- turn to housing for a moment. Today, through FHA and RHS and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the Federal Government and tax- payers back nearly 100 percent—it is in the 90 percent range right now—of residential mortgages. Is this healthy for the economy, and what are the barriers to private capital reentering the mortgage lending and the secondary market for home loans? Mr. BERNANKE. You are correct that government-supported agen- cies are now pretty much the entire securitization market. They don’t make all the mortgage loans, but they do securitize and buy most of the mortgages in the economy. That obviously is not healthy. We would like to have a more diversified system with greater private-sector participation. We are not seeing that. The reasons are not certain. I think, in part, the private label (so-called) mortgage markets are still recovering from the shocks of the financial crisis. There is still a lot of uncertainty about where the housing market is going, and therefore, the uninsured securi- ties that are put together by non-GSE securitizers are not yet as appealing as they were before. There is still uncertainty about the regulatory and legal framework for securitization in the future. So there are a lot of reasons, and we need a more diversified system. Mrs. BIGGERT. Does Dodd-Frank help or hurt the reentry of the private capital into the market? Mr. BERNANKE. I think it is important to create more certainty, and we are not there yet. There is still a lot of discussion. For example, the Federal Reserve and the other agencies are still thinking about risk-retention requirements for example, and those have not been specified. So it would be helpful to get greater clar- ity. It would also be helpful to get greater clarity about what the long-run housing market or mortgage market structure will be. There has been plenty of discussion in this committee about GSE reform, about covered bonds and other types of structures, but there is still a lot of uncertainty about which way that is going to go. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 22 Mrs. BIGGERT. Thank you. And then I go on to another question. The Dodd-Frank effective date for the Volcker Rule is July 21st. And we have heard that reg- ulators think it is a daunting task to complete that by then. Do you have any plans to phase in implementation of the Volcker Rule? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes. The statute allows for a 2-year transition period. And so, we will certainly be giving institutions adequate time to adjust and adapt to whatever rule is put out. Mrs. BIGGERT. Thank you. I have heard from some of my con- stituent insurance companies that Fed staff has been deployed to insurance companies. What is the purpose of their presence, given that the insurance companies are regulated by the States? Is the Fed simply increasing its insurance expertise, or does Dodd-Frank give the Fed the authority to regulate insurers? Mr. BERNANKE. No, we don’t have any authority to regulate in- surers, unless in the future, a systemically critical insurance com- pany is so designated by the FSOC. That has not happened yet. I am not quite sure what you are alluding to. It could be that there have been some discussions to give us a better insight into the in- dustry. Mrs. BIGGERT. What I am alluding to is that there have been in- surance companies where 10 of your staff members have kind of moved in and taken up residency, and they don’t exactly know why they are there. Mr. BERNANKE. I will find out, and I will communicate with you. Mrs. BIGGERT. I appreciate that. And what kind of discussions are you or your staff having with the new Federal Insurance Office (FIO), which was designated to be a Federal insurance expert on national and international issues? Mr. BERNANKE. We have been interacting with them on the FSOC, the Financial Stability Oversight Council, and our staff has been interacting in that respect. On your previous question, it could be that the insurance companies in question are thrift hold- ing companies because they hold thrifts, in which case we would have actually some oversight. Mrs. BIGGERT. All right. Thank you. I yield back, Mr. Chairman. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. Ms. Velazquez? Ms. VELAZQUEZ. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Chairman Bernanke, while credit conditions for small businesses have improved over the past year, the number of small dollar loans, loans of $250,000 or less, remains below pre-recession levels. And as you know, these are the type of loans that are important to early stage and start-ups. Do you think credit availability for these loans will ever fully rebound to the high water mark set in 2007? Mr. BERNANKE. I think there are a number of reasons why the number of loans being made is lower. First, given that the economy isn’t that strong, the demand for loans is not quite what it was. Second, of course, lending standards have tightened since before the crisis, and some of that is appropriate, because as you know, credit standards were on the whole too easy before the crisis. So there are some reasons why lending has fallen, which no doubt will VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 23 improve over time. But I think it is still the case that the pen- dulum has swung a little bit too far, and we are certainly working with banks, particularly small banks. And I will reiterate this point that it is incredibly important for banks to take a balanced ap- proach and for examiners to take a balanced approach so that, on the one hand, they make safe and sound loans, but that they also make loans to credit-worthy borrowers because they are so impor- tant for our communities and our economy to recover. Ms. VELAZQUEZ. If you look at the type of loans that banks are making, they are the big loans, because they are the profitable ones. So, in that regard, this is why we passed the small business lending bill where the Feds were lending community banks money that they used to pay TARP money back, but they didn’t make the loans that we were expecting them to make. So given that scenario, do you think that it is still an important and meaningful role for the Federal Government to play in providing lending programs that will fill that gap that exist for the private sector? Mr. BERNANKE. The Fed has had a good relationship with the SBA, the Small Business Administration, and there were some ad- ditional provisions during the crisis that gave them more flexibility and more funding. That might be an area worth looking at. Ms. VELAZQUEZ. Under your leadership, the Fed has significantly increased its commitment to transparency, holding more press con- ferences and releasing interest rate forecasts for the first time in its history. While these policy tools are good for the financial mar- kets and most big firms, they are of limited use to the general pub- lic. Would you consider releasing guidance for households and small businesses after FOMC meetings on what changes to mone- tary policy means to them? Mr. BERNANKE. That is an interesting idea. We have of course many speeches, and I am here giving a report to Congress about monetary policy. I would like to think about what that would look like. But obvi- ously, we are trying to communicate to the general public. I have been on some TV programs and the like. And in fact, later this spring, I will be giving lectures at George Washington University, which will be available to anybody online, about the Fed and the financial crisis. So we are working to improve our communications, and your suggestions are more than welcome. Ms. VELAZQUEZ. Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. Mr. McCotter? Mr. MCCOTTER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. First, just a quick note, we heard much talk about the Wall Street reform bill and we will continue to, and it was said that the bill was bipartisan and that the nature of that should not be over- looked. I would just like to point out for the record that the bill is so bipartisan it is called Dodd-Frank. Mr. Bernanke, thank you for being here today. In your testi- mony, in your written remarks, there are some things coming from Michigan, a very hard-hit State that is struggling to come back in this stagnant economy, there are some things that bear repeating on page, I believe, 2: ‘‘The economy appears to have been growing VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 24 during that timeframe at or below its long-term trend. Continued improvement in the job market is likely to require stronger growth and final demand in production. Notwithstanding the better recent data, the job market remains far from normal. The unemployment rate remains elevated. Long-term unemployment is still near record levels, and the number of persons working part time for eco- nomic reasons is very high. ‘‘Fundamentals that support spending continue to be weak. Real household income and wealth were flat in 2011. And access to cred- it remained restricted for many potential borrowers. Consumer sen- timent, which dropped sharply last summer, has since rebounded but remains relatively low.’’ Now, two questions, and then I will be quiet and listen. The first is in terms of the credit still not getting to potential borrowers, what specifically do you think the reason for that is, and what do you think would be specifically done about it if not by you? I can understand why you can’t discourse on that. And finally, my concern is that—just a question about how this operates. It says here on page 6 that the target range for the Fed- eral funds rate remains at zero to a quarter percent. Now, when that type of rate remains in effect, does that have an effect on the personal savings interest rates that individuals who bank get? And if that is the case, somehow that stops them from getting a higher rate of return, would that not constitute them essentially sub- sidizing the operations to try to get money to, say, the banks or to other people, who are still not getting the credit, which then leads to the horrible things that I started off my remarks with? Mr. BERNANKE. On the latter point, we are certainly paying at- tention to the effects of low interest rates, not only on savers but on other financial institutions and the like. The banks complain about the low interest rates. They say that reduces their net inter- est margin, so it is not a profitable thing from their perspective. I would say from the point of view of savers, though, for most savers, I think, on average, something less than 10 percent of all savings by retirees is in the form of fixed-interest instruments like CDs. Remember, people also own equities. They own money market funds. They own mutual funds. They have 401(k)s and a variety of things. And those assets are assets whose returns depend very much on how strong the economy is. And so, in trying to strength- en the economy, we are actually helping savers by making the re- turns higher, as we can see has happened in the stock market for example. Mr. MCCOTTER. That is a very important point. I personally don’t subscribe to the fact that just because it is 10 percent, that would mean it was okay to have their rate of return artificially lowered. And I think that what you are saying then is that, yes, they are subsidizing this, but in the long run, it is better for them because you believe this will lead to economic growth. Al- though, again, and we will get to the second part of my question, that very much remains in doubt; doesn’t it? Mr. BERNANKE. The economy has been recovering, and I believe monetary policy is set appropriately to help the economy recover. Again, you can’t get good returns in the economy unless you have growth. The other thing, as you know, is we have set an inflation VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 25 target, and we are committed to keeping inflation low and stable. And that, also, of course, is good for savers because it is the infla- tion adjusted return that matters in the end. Mr. MCCOTTER. If I can, and we can skip the first part of the question because they are interrelated. So, in short, it is almost as if you decided that you are going to invest what their potential in- terest rates return would have been into your recovery for the econ- omy. And again, it may be recovering, but by your own admission, it is either at or below long-term trends. We still have trouble get- ting money down into the hands for people for credit, into the hands of people who can grow this economy and get jobs back. And the long-term prognosis is not particularly good for unemployment rates dropping in a precipitous fashion any time soon. That doesn’t necessarily sound like a very good investment if I am saving and you are spending my money on recovery. Mr. BERNANKE. We are not spending anybody’s money. It is argu- able that interest rates are too high, that they are being con- strained by the fact that interest rates can’t go below zero. We have an economy where demand falls far short of the capacity of the economy to produce. We have an economy where the amount of investment and durable goods spending is far less than the ca- pacity of the economy to produce. That suggests that interest rates in some sense should be lower rather than higher. We can’t make interest rates lower, of course; they can only go down to zero. And again, I would argue that a healthy economy with good returns is the best way to get returns to savers. On providing credit, I would just make one observation, which was the news this morning that bank lending increased last quar- ter at the fastest rate since the recession. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. Also, the housing market declined in I think 19 or 22 major mar- kets. We are seeing some signs of deflation. Mr. Watt? Mr. WATT. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I just wanted to let my friend know that the protocol has been to name bills after the people who head the committees of jurisdic- tion, which is why the bill was called Dodd-Frank. We had the ma- jority in the House and the Senate. When it was split, it was Sar- banes-Oxley, which he doesn’t like anymore, I guess. Oxley was a Republican because we were in the majority; the Republicans were in the majority in the House. So we are following the same pro- tocol. Mr. MCCOTTER. If the gentleman will yield? Chairman BACHUS. Of course, you know we didn’t vote for it ei- ther. Mr. WATT. But the name of the bill is voted for as part of the bill, and you lost that vote, and nobody has reversed it yet. So any- way— Mr. MCCOTTER. If the gentleman will yield? Mr. WATT. Let me get on to what we are here for. Chairman Bernanke, one of the problems with setting these hori- zons out so far is that when you set an accommodative policy hori- zon out through late 2014, the private sector starts to expect that. And if circumstances change, crawling back off that limb could be VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 26 very difficult from a private sector perspective. What if things do change substantially in a different direction? I assume the Fed has given itself enough leeway here to say we can go back to a more aggressive, less accommodative policy, is that correct? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, sir. The policy is a conditional policy. It says, based on what we know now, this is where we think we are going to be. But of course, if there is a substantial change in the outlook, we would have to adjust accordingly. Mr. WATT. Good luck if it does. I know how the private sector relies on accommodative policy, but I won’t—we don’t need to go any further on that. I just wanted to make sure that everybody knows that you can go in the opposite direction; the Fed has the authority to go in the opposite direction. On page 5 of your statement, you talk about continuing to mon- itor energy markets carefully. And one of the real uncertainties out there is gas prices and the extent to which we rely on gas prices as an indicator of how the economy is going and what we can do in our own individual lives. Are there really any things that we can do as Congress? I know you can’t do anything as the Fed, but are there things that we can do? Is there a menu of possibilities that we might consider on the energy side? Mr. BERNANKE. There are many things that you can debate about long-term development of natural resources—hydrocarbons and so on. But in the short run, I think the main problems are coming from some supply disruptions or some fear to supply dis- ruptions, particularly Iran. So I think the best thing we could do would be to resolve that situation. But obviously, that is well be- yond my capacity or probably anyone’s capacity. So I am not sure what can be done to provide substantial relief in the very short term. Mr. WATT. I guess President Gingrich is getting ready to tell us at some point how to solve this problem, although he didn’t solve it when he was the Speaker. Maybe he thinks he can solve it that way. Let me ask one other question. Europe, obviously, is the major, even more major than oil prices is what happens in Europe. Are you satisfied that they are taking steps in the right direction to try to satisfy their problems, and have we done as much as we can rea- sonably do to help with that? Mr. BERNANKE. They have taken some positive steps recently, as I mentioned in my testimony. The ECB had its second long-term refinancing operation today, 3-year lending to the banks. They are still working on getting the Greek deal done. A number of the countries in fiscal trouble had been taking strong steps to try to improve their budget balances. There has been some progress on a fiscal compact, whereby there will be more coordination among countries. But there is still a lot to be done. In the short term, there still needs to be more effort on providing so-called firewalls that will be financial backstops in case there is a default or potential contagion. And in the long run, the real prob- lem—or a very serious problem that has not been solved—is that many of these countries are not only fiscally challenged, but they are not competitive. They have large current account deficits, and VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 27 their costs are too high, and so that is a process that can take a long time to fix. Mr. WATT. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I yield back. Chairman BACHUS. Thank you. Let me point out one thing about energy that we all need to look at, and that is natural gas. I think it was in 1985 that we estimated we had 200 TCFs of reserves; it is now 2,500. So we ought to take advantage of that price differen- tial, and I know we do that with natural gas vehicles, but it will be a game changer. Ms. Hayworth? Dr. HAYWORTH. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And welcome, Chairman Bernanke. It is always a pleasure to hear from you because you are eminently sane about all these issues. I have heard from our life insurers and grantors or providers of annuities that they are very concerned, as you can imagine, about an interest rate squeeze that may occur in the future, that almost feels predictable in certain respects. How do you recommend that they proceed, that they anticipate the challenges we are facing be- cause of the way in which we have to have an accommodative mon- etary policy? Mr. BERNANKE. We have had numerous discussions with insur- ance companies and pension funds and others, and there certainly is a problem in the sense that under our current accounting rules, their obligations to put money into the fund can be greater with low interest rates. And I agree that is a problem and one that we have discussed with them. Again, going back to my conversation with Mr. McCotter, on the other side, we are trying to strengthen an economy that will give them higher returns on their portfolios, so it cuts both ways. As I have said, I have talked to insurance companies. They recognize that low interest rates are not a permanent condition, that at some point, the economy will get back to the situation where interest rates can be more normal, that we are trying to help the economy, that we recognize that there are some side effects of low interest rates and that we are attentive to that. But again, our first respon- sibility is to meet our dual mandate and try to support the econ- omy and keep inflation near its target. Dr. HAYWORTH. A similar question, obviously, could be asked on behalf of our community banks who are concerned about their long- term loans that are being obviously offered at very low interest rates, the same sort of approach, I assume? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes. I actually discussed this point in a speech I gave a couple of weeks ago at the FDIC. And I made essentially the same point, which is that the net interest margin has two parts: the difference between deposit rates and safe rates; and the difference between safe rates and loan rates. The ability to make profitable loans depends on having a healthy economy. And so the short-run cost of low rates should be worth it if we can get the economy moving again. Dr. HAYWORTH. Chairman, if I may, a bit broader question or perhaps more of a 30,000-foot question. You have many, many times, including here today, pointed out how important it is to have Federal policy that reflects the impending crisis that we face in VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 28 terms of managing the debt and how that weighs on economic growth. Do you ever feel as though you are talking past your Ad- ministration and Congress, that we are talking past each other, and somehow you know how can we make your message resonate? People like me are very sympathetic to it, obviously. Mr. BERNANKE. These criticisms are easy for me to make. I don’t have to deal with the politics. And I know they are very, very dif- ficult. It is always hard to explain to people why you have to tight- en your belt one way or another. I think, on the one hand, that educating the voters is an impor- tant thing and making sure people understand what the tradeoffs are. I think if they understand it, they will be more sympathetic to the tough choices that we face as a country. But I also think that there is some scope for bargaining within the Congress. We have had some very close calls recently in terms of making progress. And we have, as I mentioned before, this fiscal cliff on January 1st. That might prove an opportunity to negotiate a better longer-term outcome. We will see. But I think those are the two directions: one is trying to create a framework in Congress for debates, maybe a set of goals, for ex- ample; and the other is to get the voters on our side by education. Dr. HAYWORTH. I sympathize very much, sir, with that point of view and have said so myself as well, that it is about education and awareness. The fiscal cliff to which you refer would be the enor- mous tax increase that we face— Mr. BERNANKE. We have a number of measures, including both tax increases, the expiration of the payroll tax cut, the sequestra- tion that comes out of the supercommittee negotiations. All those things are hitting on the same day basically, and it is quite a big impact. Dr. HAYWORTH. Thank you for emphasizing how important that is, sir, and thank you for your great work. I yield back, Mr. Chairman. Chairman BACHUS. Very good points, Chairman Bernanke and Ms. Hayworth. Mr. Meeks, I appreciate your thoughtful questions on every occa- sion. Mr. MEEKS. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Mr. Chairman, I want to pick up where Congressman Watt left off. I am on this committee, of course. I am also the lead Democrat on the Europe-Eurasia Subcommittee, so Europe is very much on my mind. And we just recently came back from a trip over in Eu- rope where their economy, of course, was much discussed. So I would like to ask two questions, because I know I have lim- ited time, and see if I have any time left after your answer. First, given the close linkage between our economies, it seems access to the Fed’s swap lines is crucial in times of market tension. And so, can you discuss how American companies benefit from the avail- ability of the Fed swap lines with foreign central banks and the dif- ficulties U.S. companies and workers would face, if any, if those swap lines did not exist? Second, could you also tell us, what is the exposure of U.S. finan- cial institutions to European sovereign debt? And can you cat- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 29 egorize our financial system’s exposure—or would you categorize it, the exposure, as significant? Mr. BERNANKE. Very good questions. On the swap lines, Euro- pean banks do significant business in dollars, so they need dollars to conduct that business. They were having a great deal of dif- ficulty accessing those dollars. About half of those dollars are used for making loans in the United States, so they directly affect credit availability in the United States and therefore affect households and businesses in this country. The rest mostly goes for trade fi- nance, which helps facilitate international trade and also adds to prosperity. So we have a direct interest in having international dol- lar funding markets work well. And indeed, it creates confidence in the dollar that those markets are working properly. The swap lines seem to have been very successful. They have reduced the stress in dollar funding markets. And it looks at this point that the de- mand for those swaps is starting to go down as stress has been re- duced. In terms of U.S. financial institutions, we are monitoring that very carefully. We have continuously looked at banks’ exposures. We are making them do stress tests of their European exposures. Our basic conclusion is that the direct exposure, say, of U.S. banks to European sovereign debt is quite limited, particularly on the pe- riphery. Exposure to Italy and Spain is somewhat greater, obvi- ously, than to the smaller three countries. We think the banks gen- erally have done a pretty good job of hedging the exposures they have to sovereign debt and, to some extent, to European banks. They will be reporting this information. The SEC has provided some guidance on how to report both their exposures and their hedges to the market to the public. So a lot of progress is being made there. Having said that, I think if there was a major finan- cial accident in Europe, the main effects on our banks would not be so much through direct exposures as through general contagion, flight from risk-taking, loss of faith in the financial system, eco- nomic stress and so on. So I think there is a significant risk, even though we have done what we can to make sure banks are managing their direct expo- sures to banks and sovereigns in Europe. Mr. MEEKS. I think that answers my question, but just so it is clear, how closely linked would you say that the U.S. and European economies are with respect to the U.S. export market and U.S. cor- porate profits? Mr. BERNANKE. We are obviously very integrated. About 2 per- cent of our GDP is in the form of exports to Europe. So if Europe has a significant slowdown, we will feel that. Our companies are highly integrated. You think of companies like Ford and GM, which produce in Europe as well as the United States. However, we do think that if Europe has a mild downturn, which is what they are currently forecasting, and if the financial situation remains under control, that the effect on the United States might not be terribly serious—at least it would probably not threaten the recovery—but nevertheless, it would certainly have an effect. Mr. MEEKS. One of the things that was also discussed when we were over in Europe was the fact that they said that Greece equalled about 2 percent of the economy, and they were going to VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 30 try to keep them so that they wouldn’t have to move the euro. But they said if they did and Greece defaulted, that there would not be contagion, that they thought it would be pretty much contained, and they would move on; they liked what was happening in Italy. So I would just like to get from your viewpoint, if Greece was to default, do you see the possibility of contagion to Italy, Portugal and Spain, or are they such a small part of this that it doesn’t mat- ter? Mr. HENSARLING [presiding]. The time of the gentleman has ex- pired. So, Mr. Chairman, if you could give a very brief answer. Mr. BERNANKE. I would just say that leaving the euro would be very difficult, and an uncontrolled disorderly default would create a lot of problems. Mr. HENSARLING. The gentleman from Illinois, Mr. Grimm, is recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. GRIMM. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And thank you, Chairman Bernanke, for being with us today. If I could switch gears a little bit and ask, obviously, the Volcker Rule is a topic of discussion in the financial services industry. And Sec- tion 619 becomes effective this July. But just last month, the Fed- eral Reserve governance rule mentioned that it probably wouldn’t be implemented, completed until January of 2013. When do you ex- pect the Volcker Rule to be finalized, and do you expect that there will be a re-proposal for public comment? Mr. BERNANKE. I don’t think it will be ready for July. Just a few weeks ago, we closed the comment period. We have about 17,000 comments. We have a lot of very difficult issues to go through. So I don’t know the exact date, but we will obviously be working on it as fast as we can. As I understand it, the Volcker Rule includes a 2-year transition period starting in July. And as we did, for example, with the inter- change fee, where we were also late relative to the statute, we will make sure that firms have an adequate period of time to adjust their systems and comply with the rule. Mr. GRIMM. So I am assuming then, that obviously, you are not going to be strictly enforcing a rule that is not in place yet? Mr. BERNANKE. Obviously. Mr. GRIMM. So that does leave some ambiguity and uncertainty as to how we are going to treat market-making and underwriting. And that I think is the concern for industry, that we are laden with so much uncertainty. And I would just emphasize that bringing some certainty to the markets obviously should be part of the goal. Mr. BERNANKE. It is. Thank you. Mr. GRIMM. A question that I have had for awhile, Mr. Volcker was unable to really give a clear definition; basically, I will know it when I see it. That is as uncertain I think as you can get. Do you have a definition of what proprietary trading is? Mr. BERNANKE. Proprietary trading is short-term trading in fi- nancial assets for the purposes of the profits of the bank itself as opposed to its customers. That is my best definition. But obviously, it is hard to know in every case whether it fits that definition or not. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 31 Mr. GRIMM. But you believe that is what the regulators will use in promulgating the rule and enforcing the rule, something similar to that? Mr. BERNANKE. The most difficult distinction is between propri- etary trading and market making. Because in market making, firms often have to buy assets, which they hold for a short period, and then they sell to a customer. So the question is, did they buy that asset for a proprietary purpose, or did they buy it for a mar- ket-making purpose? We will need to develop metrics and other cri- teria to distinguish those two types of activities. Mr. GRIMM. Switching gears again. I am concerned that the President’s proposed budget for 2013 could lead to massive in- creases in capital gains as much as—I think as much as triple, from 15 percent to almost 45 percent. I believe a dramatic rate in- crease like that will discourage investment and entrepreneurship. And I would like—over the long term, I think it would be detri- mental—your views on increasing capital gains that significantly. Do you think it could have a negative effect? Mr. BERNANKE. It will be a tax on investment, that is for sure. I think I have been advocating at least consideration of doing a still more comprehensive type of reform. We have a lot of inconsist- encies say between the way corporations are taxed and the way pri- vate individuals are taxed. So, for example, if you eliminate the de- ductibility for interest at the corporate level and then you still have private individuals paying taxes on interest, you are double taxing interest as much as you are double taxing dividends. So these are ultimately congressional decisions. But I think it would be useful to put this all in a broader framework and try to find a reform, both to corporate and to individual tax codes, that fits together and makes sense from the perspective of achieving both the equity and the efficiency goals. Mr. GRIMM. From a purely economic point of view, from an econ- omist point of view, we are seeing that in the U.K., they raised their top rate to 50 percent, and in their first month, they actually took in less revenue than they did before the increase. Is it logical to say that is a possibility and a strong possibility if we were to raise our rates substantially that way and see that deduction? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, in the short run, because capital gains peo- ple can choose when to realize capital gains, and they may decide to delay that realization and that could affect that in the short run. In the longer run, it might be less elastic. Mr. GRIMM. I see my time has expired. I will yield back. Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman. Mr. HENSARLING. The gentleman from Texas, Mr. Hinojosa is now recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. HINOJOSA. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Chairman Bernanke, I want to thank you for coming to visit our committee and giving us your thoughts. I would like to thank you and your staff at the Federal Reserve for offering your insights on the drag of the housing market on our economy in that recent White Paper. That paper explains that fore- closures are considered dead weight loss to the economies we have heard from, meaning that they cost everyone. They cost the banks, they cost the government, they cost families, and they cost society. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 32 I think there is no better word for the glut of vacant properties in my district in deep south Texas. I think that they are being dragged by this dead weight of foreclosed homes and by the headwinds of negative equity. Project Rebuild would put Americans to work refurbishing and repurposing current foreclosed properties to help ease the shortage of affordable housing options. So my question is, if programs such as the Real Estate Own-to-Rent (REO) Program, the Housing Trust Fund, and Project Rebuild were to be enacted and funded, what do you predict would be the effect of not only the housing market but the rental market? Mr. BERNANKE. First, Congressman, I agree that foreclosures im- pose a lot of costs, not only on the family, the borrowers and the lending institution, but also on the neighborhood, the community, and the national housing market, so it is very costly. I am not all that familiar with the specific programs you are re- ferring to, but we have discussed in the White Paper the idea of REO-to-rental. It would seem to make sense to remove any artifi- cial barriers to letting the market do what the market seems to want to do—which, given higher rents and low house prices, it seems like it would make sense to take some of those empty houses and put them up into rental. As you know, the GSEs are doing a pilot program to see if that will work. The issues have to do with whether there are enough foreclosed homes within a local area; is there financing available for mass purchases of homes? Are there supervisory restrictions on banks that would prevent them from doing so? I think there are some barriers that we can remove that might make this economic— we might see even the private sector undertaking this, and part of that would be refurnishing—refurbishing and repairing dilapidated homes. Mr. HINOJOSA. The biggest barrier that I see has been the lack of community banks giving loans to those who want to carry out those programs. But let me move to another question that is of great interest to me. I serve as ranking member of the Higher Education Sub- committee, and I am deeply concerned about the cost of higher edu- cation and the ever-increasing amount of debt that our students are being burdened with. Last year, students received more than $100 billion in college loans for the first time ever, and the total outstanding college loans are projected to surpass $1 trillion. Stu- dent debt now exceeds credit card debt for the first time, and re- cently, default rates from college loans have jumped up. I would like to hear your insights on the possible effects of such unprece- dented student college loan debt on our economy and the possibility of a student loan bubble crisis here in our country. Mr. BERNANKE. Student loans are becoming a very large category of loans. My son in medical school recently informed me that he ex- pects to have $400,000 in debt when he graduates from school. I don’t know about a bubble, per se, because going forward, most of the new lending is being done by the Federal Government. Now, there could be, of course, losses that might affect the tax- payers if that program is not adequately managed, so I think it does require some careful oversight. On the one hand, it is good VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 33 that people who don’t have the means can obtain the means to go to school; that is important. And student loans play an important role in that respect. But one might consider whether there are ways of tying repay- ment to financial conditions, for example, as a share of income earned or with discounts for certain types of service. There are var- ious ways to look at how to repay student loans that might better adjust the cost of the loans to the capacity of the student. But stu- dent loans are a good thing in principle, but obviously, the program has to be well-managed, and it has become increasingly a Federal responsibility to do that. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentleman has expired. The gentleman from Texas, Mr. Canseco, is now recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. CANSECO. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And Chairman Bernanke, thank you very much for being here with us today. Our Nation’s fiscal health is in very bad shape and only getting worse as Medicare and Social Security begin to absorb all of the Baby Boomers who are entering into the system. And former White House Budget Director Alice Rivlin and Senate Budg- et Chairman Pete Domenici recently said that while the President’s budget stabilizes debt over the next decade, the real problems arise thereafter, as entitlement costs spiral out of control and revenues are inadequate to deal with a wave of retiring Baby Boomers. You said before that Congress needs to act now to put our fiscal house in order. So would you agree that in order to do that, Congress must address the unsustainability and pending insolvency of Medi- care and Social Security? Mr. BERNANKE. I noted earlier that the current budgeting proce- dures focus on the next 10 years, but many of the most serious problems occur after 10 years, and they do include entitlements as one major category of spending. So I urge Congress in thinking about this not to be artificially constrained by the 10-year budg- eting window, but to be thinking even longer term, because the longer in advance you can make changes, the more time there will be for people to adjust to them and the easier it will be politically. Mr. CANSECO. Excuse me, I don’t mean to be putting words in your mouth, but your answer is, yes, we need to address that? Mr. BERNANKE. Particularly on the health care side, I think costs are very high. Mr. CANSECO. And in your opinion, was the budget passed by the House of Representatives last year a serious effort to address our Nation’s long-term fiscal health? Mr. BERNANKE. I hope you will forgive me if I don’t get into a political debate like that. Those are Congress’ decisions. My role here I think is to try to encourage you to address the long-run sus- tainability issue. Mr. CANSECO. And I hope I am not putting you in a political yea- or-nay type of situation, but I highlight the words ‘‘serious effort.’’ It has to be addressed. Would you say that any legislative effort to deal with our Na- tion’s long-term fiscal health that doesn’t address Medicare and So- cial Security is not a serious proposal? VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 34 Mr. BERNANKE. It is a fact that health care costs, Medicare and Medicaid in particular, are going to become an increasingly large part of the Federal budget, and that unless you are willing to have the government be a much bigger share of the economy than it is now, ultimately those programs would basically squeeze out the other components of Federal spending. Mr. CANSECO. And we will ultimately see a situation where our entitlement programs are 90 or 80 percent of the budget, and the rest we will have to fight over. To your knowledge, has the Admin- istration put forward a plan to address the impending bankruptcy of Medicare and Social Security? Mr. BERNANKE. Again, I think the focus has been on the next 10 years. The Administration has addressed the long-run issues to some extent through some of the aspects of the Affordable Care Act that have oversight boards and other kinds of things that would try to reduce costs. But obviously, it is still a major challenge for Con- gress to address health care costs. Mr. CANSECO. In your opinion, would you say that the Adminis- tration’s budget would not seriously address our long-term deficits because it does not address our entitlements? Mr. BERNANKE. I would just reiterate that the budget they put out was for the next 10 years. By definition, if you are only looking at the next 10 years, you are not addressing the very long-run im- plications. Mr. CANSECO. Thank you very much. Let me go now to regula- tions. I don’t know if you read this cover of last week’s Economist entitled, ‘‘Overregulated America.’’ It presents a pretty dark por- trait of our financial system in the wake of ‘‘Dodd-Frankenstein,’’ as the article puts it. I think the last sentence of the article just about sums it up in ambition is often welcome, but in this case, it is leaving the roots of the financial crisis under-addressed and more or less everything else in finance overwhelmed. Now, Mr. Chairman, Dodd-Frank required that regulators write over 400 rules for the financial system, yet over 300 of these re- main unwritten. Would you agree that this lack of clarity is a hin- drance on the financial sector? Mr. BERNANKE. I think so. We are working as quickly as we can. We want to create as much clarity as we can. As you note, some of these rules are complex, and it is important to get comment and input and to do a good job. Mr. CANSECO. So as a follow-up— Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentleman has expired. Mr. CANSECO. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Mr. HENSARLING. The gentleman from Missouri, Mr. Clay, is now recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. CLAY. Thank you, Chairman Hensarling. And thank you, Chairman Bernanke, for your return to the com- mittee. Unemployment is declining and is now at 8.3 percent, the lowest in 3 years, and we can get pretty technical in these hearings. But my constituents in St. Louis would like to know what we in Con- gress and you at the Federal Reserve can do to put Americans back to work in ways that perhaps we can all understand. What do you suggest? VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 35 Mr. BERNANKE. From the Federal Reserve’s point of view, as you know, we have been keeping interest rates low and trying to create financial conditions that will foster investment in entrepreneurship and demand on the part of consumers, and that should help bring the economy back toward a more normal level of functioning. But as I said earlier, again, the Fed cannot affect the long-run health, prosperity, and productivity of the economy. That is really up to Congress. And there is a whole range of policies there, starting with fiscal I would say, having a fiscal program that on the one hand, achieves fiscal sustainability in the long run, and on the other hand, is protective of the recovery, which is still not com- plete. We need to talk about skills. We need to talk about the Tax Code, infrastructure, etc., that allows our economy to function at its best level. So there is a lot to be done, but I guess I would put the fiscal issue first, from Congress’ point of view, and from the Fed’s point of view, we are going to pursue our dual mandate. Mr. CLAY. Speaking of interest rates, it has been suggested by the House Budget Chair that if interest rates remain low until 2014, this will hurt the dollar. Do you think that is accurate, and would it risk fueling asset bubbles? Mr. BERNANKE. I would like to make a distinction that is not often made. When people say, ‘‘hurt the dollar,’’ there are two defi- nitions of the dollar. One is the buying power that is the inflation rate in the United States. Does the dollar buy more today than it did yesterday? The other definition is the dollar versus other cur- rencies, the foreign exchange value of the dollar. Those are two separate concepts. Now, in fact, our policies have been accommoda- tive since 2008, and on both counts, I think we are doing okay. In- flation over my tenure as Chairman has been about 2 percent, which is lower than previous Chairmen. At the same time, over the last 3 years, the dollar in its foreign exchange sense has been up and down, but it is roughly where it was 3 years ago. So I don’t think that is really a problem, although I think it is important to distinguish those two components. You asked about interest rates on the second part of your ques- tion? Mr. CLAY. Yes, on refueling the asset bubble. Mr. BERNANKE. The bubble. Obviously, that is something that we have to pay close attention to. We have greatly expanded our abil- ity at the Fed to monitor the financial system broadly to take a so- called macroprudential approach. And right now, we don’t see any obvious bubbles in the economy, but certainly that is something that we are going to need to look at and continue to monitor. Mr. CLAY. Thank you for your response. And Mr. Chairman, many citizens in the Nation are concerned about the rise in gaso- line prices at the pump, especially the working class. What meas- ures can the Federal Reserve take to stabilize the recent rise in gas prices? Mr. BERNANKE. We are concerned about it as well. It has a direct effect on inflation, and it is also bad for growth because it takes away buying power from households. So it is a real concern for us. On the other hand, overall inflation is low and stable, so it is really a question of this particular product becoming more expensive rel- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 36 ative to other products. And again, as I mentioned earlier, the main reason for it is the higher price of crude, which in turn re- lates to a number of factors, but among them is uncertainty about supply in Iran and in the Strait of Hormuz and in Africa. So I don’t think the Fed can do much about the price of gas. It is more impor- tant that we try to establish security of supply and also take meas- ures to continue to reduce demand, and it is important to note that the United States has been reducing its dependence because we are producing more energy and we are importing less. Mr. CLAY. Would you suggest tapping into the reserves? Mr. BERNANKE. That is really for the Administration to decide. The reserves are typically used for disruptive situations where there has been some breakdown in supply chains, like during Hur- ricane Katrina, for example. It would be of less assistance during a situation where there is a long-term supply/demand problem, but again that is an Administration decision. Mr. CLAY. Thank you. My time is up. Mr. HENSARLING. The gentleman from Ohio, Mr. Stivers, is now recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. STIVERS. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And thank you to the Chairman for coming to testify before us. I appreciate the job you do and you have a hard job. I want to ask you about one big-picture question, and then talk about some things that are important in my district. The big-picture question is, I have been here for 13 months and I have pretty quickly realized that the only things that happen in this town are the things that have to happen. And you have heard some really robust debate in this committee about how we might solve our fiscal crisis. You have admitted that it is the thing that we should stay focused on and I believe the best way to fix it is to require it to happen through a balanced budget amendment. That doesn’t say how we will balance the budget, but it just requires it to happen, and I do believe we can do that in a thoughtful way with some relief valves for natural disaster, time of war, for only that spending related to those activities. Usually, you punt these questions, but I am going to ask you anyway. What do you think about a balanced budget amendment as a technique for solving our fiscal crisis long term and forcing it to become one of the things that has to happen in this town? Mr. BERNANKE. In general, I think there is some evidence that rules or structures are helpful in getting better fiscal outcomes— for example, offsets and things of that sort. I think 1 year might be too short a time to demand balance. But over a longer period of time with appropriate provisions, some kind of rule—I don’t know whether you want to go the amendment route—for the Con- gress to provide a guidepost both to its own deliberations and for the public’s awareness could be a helpful structure to make things happen. Mr. STIVERS. Thanks for that thoughtful answer. I do want to fol- low up on a question Mr. Clay just asked, and I asked you this last year, but—and I know that the Bureau of Labor Statistics does both of your measures that you measure yourself against, unem- ployment and inflation, and I just want to ask you to continue to pay attention to the way they measure things because the unem- ployment number does not count the people who have dropped out VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 37 and are no longer looking for work. It also does not account for un- deremployed folks and as we go through structural changes in our economy, I am not asking you to comment because I know you don’t do these, but I am worried about the way that they count. I am also worried about the way they count inflation because when they put together the consumer basket for inflation the re- duction in the price of housing masking the massive increases in commodity prices, including oil and gas, including foodstuffs that people buy at the grocery story. And if you think about how the people in my district and in the rest of this country manage their finances, they lock in long-term rates on their housing through a mortgage or a long-term lease and they have a known amount that they are going to pay, which changes only a minor amount. The thing that changes their real inflation they see is commodity prices, the price of gas at the pump, the price of foodstuffs at the grocery store. So I know the Bureau of Labor Statistics does that work for you, but I learned a long time ago in the military that what you measure is what counts and how you measure it counts. So I would remind you again to always review the way those things are meas- ured, and I am not asking you to comment because I know it is not yours, but I would like you to pay attention. Mr. BERNANKE. Thank you. I would comment that the BLS does provide alternative unemployment measures U5 and U6, which do take into account discouraged workers and so on. Mr. STIVERS. Yes, sir. And so, I would ask you to keep looking at those. The last thing I want to talk about is community banks. You mentioned it in your testimony when you talked about your work in the FSOC, and I think we all recognize that community banks weren’t the interconnected cause of the crisis in 2008, and that they also bear a disparate impact of many of these regulations be- cause of their size and the fact that they don’t have big compliance departments. I will tell you a story, and then remind you to talk to your friends at the FDIC and the OCC because I will tell you, I have not heard a bad story about Fed regulators from community banks, but I have heard several horror stories about the FDIC and I will tell you a new one that I heard since the last time we talked. There is a community bank that recognized a borrower was in a deteriorating position. They asked him to put money in an account, sign an agreement with them, a forbearance agreement, but they got a year of principal and interest in a restricted account the con- sumer can’t touch so they know that loan is good for a year. And the FDIC came in and asked them to put all of that money towards principal and write the loan down and violate the forbearance agreement with the customer, and then basically downgraded the loan. They know that loan is going to be good for a year, and the gentleman’s financial condition may change in that year. They have taken responsible action, and the FDIC has forced them to do things that I think are irresponsible. My time has expired, but I would ask you to go back to the regu- lators at the FDIC and the OCC and ask them to please not en- courage our community banks to do things that actually hurt bor- rowing and hurt our economy. Thank you. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 38 Mr. HENSARLING. The gentleman from California, Mr. Sherman, is now recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. SHERMAN. Thank you. Chairman Bernanke, I want to com- mend you on everything you have done to keep short and long in- terest rates as low as possible. We face a difficult circumstance and the Fed is doing more than any other agency of government to try to get us out of it. I will have a question for the record for you on the Volcker Rule and applying it to international situations, and my first question is about the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Tele- communications, SWIFT. I am the lead Democrat here in the House on a bill designed to, in effect, expel Iran from SWIFT. Do you agree that allowing Iranian access to SWIFT undermines U.S. national security objectives and our objectives in preventing money laundering in the financing of terrorism and proliferation, and do you think that we can successfully exclude all Iranian banks from SWIFT rather than just those Iranian banks that are under EU sanction? Mr. BERNANKE. I shouldn’t make national security judgments, and I won’t. But on SWIFT, I will say that the Fed is one of the supervisors of SWIFT. We work with the Bank of Belgium and other international supervisors, and my understanding is that it would be feasible and it is a very important system because it is part of almost every international money transfer that occurs. So it could be a real problem for Iranian financial markets or financial institutions if they were banned from using it, yes. Mr. SHERMAN. Let me assure you that every institution of the Federal Government that is typically involved in national security policy would like to see Iran as financially isolated as possible, and so while you don’t have a national security staff, whether it is the Foreign Affairs Committee, the House, the full House, the Senate, the State Department, I think you should use your position at SWIFT to achieve what is already the national security policy. Mr. BERNANKE. We will do whatever Congress instructs us to do. Mr. SHERMAN. Turning to another issue, I want to commend you for your White Paper on the U.S. housing market. And I think it is appropriate for the Fed to comment on the housing sector. There is this program of going REO-to-rental, and I think it is important that we not sell these homes in such large packages that only huge Wall Street firms are likely to bid. I think it is important that you sell packages of homes in the same area so that the same manage- ment company could administer 20, 50, 100 homes, and I think it is important that you deal with local investors who have a real stake in the local community. I don’t know if you have any com- ment about all of that? Mr. BERNANKE. Only that the FHFA is running a pilot program. The tradeoff is you need to have enough homes so that it is eco- nomical for the management company to maintain them. But oth- erwise, I think it makes sense not to over-concentrate the owner- ship. Mr. SHERMAN. And I think whatever package you have ought to be in the same area. Mr. BERNANKE. Certainly. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 39 Mr. SHERMAN. Now, we have seen adjustments to the LLPA from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the GSEs, and Congress needed to fund a couple of months of the lower Social Security tax, so we hit another 10 basis points for the next 10 years. Do you see us hurt- ing the housing market if we go back to that well again and in- crease the LLPA or increase the guarantee fee that is put on top of what home buyers, and home refinancers have to pay when they get a home mortgage? Mr. BERNANKE. Here is the tradeoff. The benefits of a higher fee are, first, the fiscal benefits: reducing increasing profits of the GSEs and reducing their call on the Treasury. Another benefit is that by raising those fees gradually, you may eventually begin to bring private competitors into the market. That is part of the strat- egy. On the other side, as you point out, if you make it more costly to get a mortgage, in the short term that will hurt the demand for housing, which is already pretty weak. Mr. SHERMAN. Yes, and I would think another decline in housing prices, or a failure to stabilize them and get them inching upward would be very bad for the economy, at least for the people I rep- resent. I yield back. Mr. HENSARLING. The gentleman from California, Mr. Royce, is now recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. ROYCE. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I would like to go back to that chart, ‘‘Government Spending as a Share of the Economy,’’ and have that posted. The Congressional Budget Office puts this together every year, and they project, Mr. Chairman, the point at which the general fund transfers to entitlements equal the total tax revenue for the Federal Government. And I would just ask you, is this projection sustainable? Is this situation sustainable? Mr. BERNANKE. No, I don’t think it is. Mr. ROYCE. And what impact might continuing on this trajectory have in terms of interest rates? Say, for a minute, that the bond vigilantes start to turn on us the way they did on Europe based upon the projections. What potential impact could that have on cost of borrowing? Mr. BERNANKE. If market participants are not persuaded that the United States is on a sustainable fiscal course, then eventually something will give, and that could be a financial crisis. It could be something else. Mr. ROYCE. And since this is a projected budget, what do we do, and what responsibility do we have in order to elevate this issue, and get Americans, and get the Congress to realize the necessity of dealing with reform on this front? Mr. BERNANKE. It is one of the most fundamental responsibilities of the Congress and the Administration to manage our finances. But as I indicated in an earlier question, it is obviously politically very difficult, and that is what you have to confront. Part of the problem, I think, is that the public may not fully understand all of the issues and they need to be further educated. Mr. ROYCE. And that is why I think part of the responsibility lies with Congress, part lies with the central bank, and part lies with the Federal Reserve in terms of demonstrably explaining to the public the consequences of this. And your colleague, Mr. Draghi, the head of the ECB, made headlines just last week. He had some VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 40 very harsh words for member countries of the ECB. He said, ‘‘There is no feasible tradeoff between economic overhauls and fis- cal belt tightening.’’ And he had some very damning words also for the future of the European welfare state. I would like to get your thoughts about Mr. Draghi’s comments, and also in light of the 2012 projected deficit for the United States, which is 8.5 percent of GDP. I am looking at these numbers for the PIIGS nations; it is comparable or maybe a little worse in some cases. So looking at what you describe as the sizeable structural budget gap under current policy, and looking and beginning to com- pare that, I would ask structurally, is there any material difference between us and these nations, or is it simply that the market has turned on Europe, but they haven’t yet turned on us? Let me get your thoughts on that front. Mr. BERNANKE. There is an important structural difference in Europe, in that they have a common monetary policy but they don’t have a common fiscal policy. In the United States, if a single State is in fiscal distress, Social Security and Medicare payments still get made because they are done by the Federal Government. There is no equivalent of a Federal Government in Europe, and so part of their reform process is seeing to what extent there should be great- er fiscal union. Overall, it is true that Europe doesn’t have a bigger deficit than we do. So that is certainly true. All I can say is that Mr. Draghi certainly is right, at least for the peripheral countries like Greece, Portugal, and Ireland, which really have no alternative but to tighten the belt immediately. There may be more flexibility in other countries. Mr. ROYCE. Okay, I understand that, but with our debt to GDP now over 100 percent, with these comparable short-term annual deficits when we look at Europe, with comparable structural defi- cits, at what point do our general calls for debt reduction become more in line with the comments that your counterpart is making? At what point do we ring that bell and say the long-term structural adjustments have to be made? Mr. BERNANKE. You mentioned 8.5 percent. Part of that is cycli- cal and part of that can be addressed by having the economy re- cover. Part of it is structural. In other words, it is not going to be better once the economy gets back to full employment. So I think you have to pay attention to the recovery in the very short run. You can’t ignore that. But it is important to create a credible plan for long-run sustainability as soon as possible, and that would re- move a risk to our economy. Mr. ROYCE. I agree, but to the extent that you explain this to the public, and explain it loudly, more demonstrably, I think that they could then understand the need for the structural reforms. At this point, I don’t think it is understood. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentlemen has expired. The Chair now recognizes the gentleman from Massachusetts, Mr. Lynch, for 5 minutes. Mr. LYNCH. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And thank you, Chair- man Bernanke, for your willingness to help this committee with its work. In your remarks, I think on page 4, you cited the concern re- garding the downside risk of the economic outlook that is due to stresses in the European banking system and the euro zone in gen- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 41 eral. And I note that recently there was an agreement between the Greek Government and private bondholders where the Greek Gov- ernment will impose a haircut of about a little over 50 percent on those bondholders. But I am trying to understand the agreement itself. It looks like there is a collective action clause that says once a certain amount of the old bonds are redeemed, then the govern- ment will impose a collective haircut across all of those bond- holders, and there is a question here—I guess you could say that charitably at least, there is a default here. And I guess there is a controlled default, and what remains unclear is whether these bond swaps will constitute a credit event for some of our default protec- tion derivatives and whether it will trigger a payout on a credit de- fault swap on Greek debt. And I guess what I am concerned about, even though the amount is fairly small, 3 plus billion is still a small number, relatively speaking, is what that means to U.S. banks’ exposure to Greek debt, and whether or not credit default swaps are still a mecha- nism for protecting against that event. Does this make you con- cerned about what those balance sheets look like if there is a rath- er loose definition now of what a default really is and whether or not that protection is actually there? Mr. BERNANKE. There is a private sector body that determines whether a credit event has happened. And I don’t know what they will determine. My guess would be if they invoke the CACs, the collective action clauses, and enforce the write-down on all private lenders, I think it would be a pretty high probability that body would invoke the CDS contracts. So that would be my guess. And in terms of U.S. banks, their exposure either hedged or unhedged to Greek debt is very small, so I don’t expect any direct impact. But it is important to maintain market confidence more broadly both in the CDS contract, but also in the idea that whatever happens in Greece, so to speak, stays in Greece, and doesn’t spread to other countries, and that is why I talked before about the need for finan- cial firewalls or other protections that will prevent contagion from Greece to other vulnerable countries. Mr. LYNCH. Okay, so, I guess—what if a decision goes the other way? What if they say a default has not occurred and there is no payout? I know that is hypothetical. I know that the derivatives as- sociation probably won’t come out that way, but what if we ended up with that scenario? Would that undermine the whole idea of this protection? Mr. BERNANKE. In some people’s minds, I am sure it would, yes. But again, it is up to this group, which obviously is interested in maintaining confidence in those contracts to make that determina- tion. Mr. LYNCH. All right, thank you. I yield back. Mr. HENSARLING. The Chair now recognizes the chairman of the Capital Markets Subcommittee, Mr. Garrett of New Jersey, for 5 minutes. Mr. GARRETT. Thank you, and I thank Chairman Bernanke, and I am perhaps your last questioner. I appreciate your stamina for being here at this time. What I would like to talk to you about is what is necessary in some economists’ view as to get jobs going, the economy broadening and what have you, and that is dealing with VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 42 the money multiplier effect, and for the need for that to expand. At least some economists I read say that the decline in the multi- plier effect is directly related to or has some correlation to the fact that the Fed pays interest on reserves, and you are nodding, so you know where I am heading on this. So the purpose of doing that, to pay interest on the reserves, is to do what, create a floor, if you will, right? You have already sort of created that floor by what interest rates are now set in the zero- bound range. So can you elaborate as to why the Fed continues to see the need under the power that it has to pay IOR? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes. We have looked at the possibility of not pay- ing that 25 basis points, 1/4 of 1 percent that we currently pay. In the perspective of, would it be beneficial to the economy, the Fed- eral funds rate is currently around 10 or 12 basis points, or some- thing like that. So limiting that might lower it further, but obvi- ously not below zero. Mr. GARRETT. Right. Mr. BERNANKE. So the stimulative effect, the effect on interest rates generally in eliminating that or the effect on credit extension would be quite small. On the other side, we have some concerns about the effects of the almost zero rates on various financial insti- tutions like money market mutual funds, and also on the func- tioning of the Federal funds market itself. We have a weaker guid- ance from the market in terms of what the funds rate actually is because there are fewer participants than there used to be because the rates are so low that it doesn’t cover the cost of making the market. So we think there are some financial side effects that would be negative, that the benefits for the economy would be very small, and for that reason, we haven’t reduced the— Mr. GARRETT. Am I correct to understand that what you are ac- tually doing by this is sort of incentivizing the banks, I guess, for the reasons that you just said, incentivizing the banks to keep their excess reserves at the Fed? Mr. BERNANKE. Right. Mr. GARRETT. And that would, in my way of thinking about it, sort of contract their ability, and outset the multiplier effect on their ability then, or their incentive to lend. Isn’t that sort of counter to what your policy should be? If you did away with it, I understand some of the other ramifications that you just talked about, but if you did away with it, there would be less incentive for me as a bank to leave my reserves with you and hopefully then to lend to a business? Mr. BERNANKE. No, analytically you are correct, but quan- titatively, it is trivial, because against the 25 basis points, the banks also have to pay an FDIC assessment. So they are basically getting maybe 1/10 of 1 percent return to hold that money with us. That is certainly not going to prevent them from making good loans. Mr. GARRETT. Is that a better—if I am a bank right now say that is still a better bet than what I am getting elsewhere, and if you did away with that entirely, then would I have an incentive to try and find that—I don’t want to use the word ‘‘better’’—investment elsewhere? VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 43 Mr. BERNANKE. It would be a 10-basis point incentive and that is pretty small. That is only an overnight rate. It is probably less of an effect on the monetary rates. Mr. GARRETT. Okay, so if that is the case then it seems that would—watching my time here—run counter to what your opening statement is as far as the incentive and the effect on the money market funds and the rest, since it is only a de minimis amount? Mr. BERNANKE. No, because, remember, bank loans are typically a year or more, whereas money market funds are mostly under 30- day investments. And the Federal funds market of course is an overnight market. Mr. GARRETT. Another question—I only have a minute here. A couple of questions. One, you talked about the situation in Greece and what stays there should stay there. One of the concerns about it not staying there is the fact that you have an open swap line, not just with—not necessarily with Greece, but with Europe. Can you just comment briefly as to why we should not be concerned as far as the potential for the contagion if things do not stay in Greece and things do not stay in Europe, that this swap line may be nega- tively impacted as the asset values drop over there? Mr. BERNANKE. First of all, the swap line has some very distinct benefits that I discussed before. Mr. GARRETT. I understand those. Mr. BERNANKE. And on the cost side, it is a very safe proposition. First, our counterparty is the ECB. It is not banks, it is not Greece. It is the European Central Bank itself, which in turn is well-cap- italized and it has behind it the national central banks of 17 coun- tries. The swaps are also collateralized by euros, and in addition, the contracts are such that they pay us back in dollars in interest rates determined in advance. So we have no interest rate risk, we have no exchange rate risk and we believe that we have no credit risk. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentlemen has expired. The Chair now recognizes the gentlemen from Georgia, Mr. Scott, for 5 minutes. Mr. SCOTT. Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman. Welcome, Chairman Bernanke, it is very good to have you here. Let me com- mend you and the Fed. I think it is very important for us to recog- nize the achievement and the progress we are making with the eco- nomic recovery, and I think it is in no small measure due to your monetary policy of accommodation and creating credit facilities and certainly ensuring liquidity for borrowers. I think that is the real core. And unemployment now is going down. We are at 8.3 percent. We have come up. We are averaging about 200,000 new jobs each month now. We are not bleeding jobs. We are adding them. The Dow Jones is still cracking around 13,000. We have come a long way, but we are not out of the woods. But I do—it is important for us to recognize your contribution in helping us to wade through some very troubled waters. Let me just ask you about the stringent prudential standards under Dodd-Frank, and under Section 165 of Dodd-Frank. You were given the opportunity to differentiate among companies on an individual basis, or by category, taking into consideration their cap- ital structure, riskiness and complexity, and of course Congress put VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 44 this provision in because we expected that you will differentiate be- tween the largest and most complex bank holding companies and those with more traditional activities who also exceed the $50 bil- lion level in assets. Can you tell us, have you yet established, at least conceptually, the different categories or tiers of risk subcategories and associated enhanced safeguards, including specifically with regard to capital that will exist for the bank holding companies that have assets larger than $50 billion? Mr. BERNANKE. As you know, that is Section 165, 166 of Dodd- Frank. We put that out for comment. We are still receiving com- ment on that, and we have also made public our discussions on the Basel capital rules, Basel III. And both of those call for gradated application to banks, with the highest application to the largest, most complex banks and then obviously less going down. So that would be true both in terms of supervisory effort, but specifically in terms of capital. As you know, the Basel III involves a capital surcharge, and that will be determined by a formula which I be- lieve we have provided, or at least some variant of it. That will put the highest surcharge only at the very top most complex banks and then will be gradated down essentially to zero, once you get to large but less complex banks. So the capital surcharge and the ex- tended supervisory oversight will be gradated according to size and complexity. Mr. SCOTT. Right. Let me just turn for a moment to the Volcker Rule as well, and its implication regarding what is happening around the world. And let me just add, too, I think your policy of the firewall to kind of keep what is going on in Greece in Greece, but let me just ask you, how is Spain doing? Is this firewall—I think Spain’s situation is probably the next most egregious. Is its firewall doing a good job from getting to spread there? Mr. BERNANKE. Generally, the firewalls, which are European funding to stand as a backstop in case there is contagion, we think more needs to be done there and the Europeans I am sure will be looking at that and trying to strengthen those firewalls. So I think there is more to be done there. But Spain, on the one hand, I think is doing better. They have made progress in terms of their fiscal consolidation. They are taking actions to strengthen their banking system, and their cost of credit has gone down probably in part be- cause of fundamentals, but also in part because of the ECB’s long- term refinancing operations. Mr. SCOTT. Now, let me ask you very quickly about the Volcker Rule. I am curious as to why you believe it is appropriate to extend the jurisdiction of the United States throughout the world in this regard. It seems to me that we should at a minimum wait to see what other countries are doing in this regard so that we do not put the United States capital markets or U.S. investors at risk. Are other countries, to your knowledge, planning to adopt an approach such as the Volcker Rule? Mr. BERNANKE. Not to my knowledge, no. But we are not extend- ing jurisdiction outside the country, except insofar as that Amer- ican-based banks will have to follow the rule in their worldwide op- erations. But we are obviously not going to require European banks operating in Europe to obey the rule. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 45 Mr. SCOTT. But our banks who are operating will? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentleman has expired. The Chair now recognizes the chairman of the Oversight and Investiga- tions Subcommittee, the gentleman from Texas, Mr. Neugebauer, for 5 minutes. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Chairman Bernanke, it is good to have you back again. I have two or three questions here. One of the things, the G8 central banks have ex- panded their balance sheets. If you convert all of their currencies to dollars to about $15 trillion over the last 2 years, what do you see looking forward? How much more expansion in these balance sheets in these central banks do you see, and what could be some of the consequences of that? Mr. BERNANKE. I don’t know what the expansion may or may not be. The Japanese, for example, have, again, begun some asset pur- chases. The ECB has put out again this morning about a half a trillion euros of bank lending, but it doesn’t all reflect a larger bal- ance sheet. Some of it, I think, is sterilized. Each of these central banks is dealing in a similar way. In this respect, the Federal Re- serve is not unusual. It is trying to find ways to provide more ac- commodation in a situation where interest rates are close to zero, and so cutting the basis of the Federal funds rate by 25 basis points doesn’t work. All of the central banks in question have simi- lar tools to the ones we have, including the ability to pay interest on reserves, the ability to sell assets, and the ability to sterilize their balance sheets so that I think we all have adequate tools to withdraw that accommodation and to shrink those balance sheets at the appropriate time. I think this is currently where the best ap- proach, the best available approach is to provide additional finan- cial accommodation in a world where rates are close to zero, and we can’t obviously go below zero. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. So keep printing, basically? Mr. BERNANKE. I know there has been some debate about the use of the word ‘‘printing.’’ It is in fact the case that the amount of cur- rency in circulation has not been affected by any of these policies. What has happened is that the amount of electronic reserves held by the banks at the Federal Reserve has gone up by a great deal, but they are sitting there. They are not doing much. Mr. Garrett raised the question of whether they should be doing more in some sense, but so far we have not seen any indication that they have proved inflationary. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. Another question, does the Federal Reserve own gold? Mr. BERNANKE. No. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. So you don’t hold any gold? Mr. BERNANKE. I don’t think so. Maybe a little bit. Do we hold gold? Looking to my colleagues there, I don’t think so, no. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. Somebody asked me to ask you that question, so I am— Mr. BERNANKE. I am told we have gold certificates. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. Gold certificates, okay, and what do we do with those? VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 46 Mr. BERNANKE. They are part of our reserves. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. And can you furnish me with how much that is? Mr. BERNANKE. We will, but what I do know is that the great bulk of U.S. gold is held by the Treasury, and not by the Fed. Mr. NEUGEBAUER. Okay, thank you. We have been trying to track the cumulative effect of the Dodd-Frank Act and, as you know, it has about 400 rulemaking requirements in it. Some of them you are required to comply with. And recently, we have reached a milestone. I think of the 400, we have put out about 140 of the rules, and so we still are about a third of the way through there. It was alarming to find that basically the regulators them- selves published that it would take about 22 million manhours per year to comply with the first 140 regulations. That means we are two-thirds of the way through, and so we are obviously headed to a lot of compliance hours. It was interesting also to note that it only took 20 million manhours to build the Panama Canal. I think that most everybody would agree that 20 million manhours spent building the Panama Canal created more economic opportunity than the 22 million manhours complying with regulations. Are you concerned that this level of regulation and this kind of burden that we are putting on the markets and the market partici- pants, is that healthy? Mr. BERNANKE. Congressman, I do think it is important to point out what we are trying to prevent. We had a terrific financial crisis that has cost this country enormous amounts of money and created enormous amounts of hardship, and it is certainly worth some cost to try to make sure that it doesn’t happen again. Yes, those regula- tions are costly, but speaking for the Fed, we have taken a lot of steps to try to minimize those costs, including bunching, grouping rules together in packages so that we can look at the interactions among them; doing a lot of cost-benefit analysis; having long tran- sition periods and so on. So we need to do what needs to be done to prevent another crisis, certainly, and of course people can differ on how much needs to be done. But we are trying as best we can to carry out the statutory obligations that Congress gave us at the lowest cost to the industry. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentleman has expired. The Chair now recognizes another gentlemen from Texas, Mr. Green, for 5 minutes. Mr. GREEN. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And I thank you, Chair- man Bernanke, for being here today. We greatly appreciate your attendance, and you always share great information with us. Mr. Chairman, FSOC, the Financial Stability Oversight Council, has that been beneficial? Do you find it beneficial to meet with the other prudential regulators? Could you just elaborate for a moment on this, please? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, it has been beneficial. I believe there are 10 voting members, and we have been meeting on a reasonably fre- quent basis. And as I mentioned earlier, virtually every principal is there at every meeting so the leadership is really there to talk. And it has had two other benefits. One is that we have extensive staff interactions so there is staff interaction going on between meetings which has been very useful. And in addition, while there VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 47 has always been a certain amount of interagency cooperation, co- ordination, and joint rules and so on, I think that has really picked up and been improved and been helped by the fact that we are working together in this FSOC context. So I think it has been help- ful. Mr. GREEN. Is it fair to say that you did not have a similar cir- cumstance prior to Dodd-Frank, a similar meeting arrangement comparable to what FSOC provides? Mr. BERNANKE. Not exactly. We did have the President’s working group which involved some of the agencies and we did have a lot of bilateral and trilateral discussions over various rules. But we did not have a single place where all the major regulators got together to discuss possible threats to the economy. Mr. GREEN. Are these meetings well-coordinated and do they take place at the specific times such that this has become a part of your agenda? Mr. BERNANKE. The meetings are, although on specific dates, they are set up by the Treasury. Sometimes it is hard to schedule because we want all of these folks to be there, but we have been meeting more frequently than quarterly, and again the meetings are quite substantive. They usually have both a private session where we discuss matters among ourselves and then there is a public session as well. Mr. GREEN. One additional question on this. With FSOC, are you better positioned to deal with systemic risk than you were prior to FSOC? Mr. BERNANKE. I believe so, because it allows us to take a broad- er perspective. Each individual agency, for example, if it has an issue it is working on, can make a presentation to everybody, and we will all be informed about what, say, the SEC is doing on money market mutual funds or the insurance people are doing on insur- ance issues. Mr. GREEN. Let’s talk for just a moment about cutting our way to prosperity. Is there a downside to cutting our way to prosperity, and I am referencing to some extent, cutting to the extent that we start to decrease the number of jobs, we are cutting jobs. We talk quite often about systemic risk, well, actually stimulus, providing a stimulus for the economy, and not wanting to provide too much stimulus. But can we also move to a point where we are cutting such that we are hurting the economy? Mr. BERNANKE. I have expressed concern about what happens on January 1st, which would be a major fiscal contraction. I think it would pose a risk to the recovery. But what I have advocated is sort of a two-point, two-part process, one of which is critically mak- ing sure that we have a fiscally sustainable path going forward in the medium to long term, but that at the same time we pay atten- tion to the recovery and make sure we don’t snuff it out uninten- tionally. Mr. GREEN. Ranking Member Frank presented a chart from your Monetary Policy Report, and this is number 30, and this chart real- ly speaks volumes about what has happened and what is hap- pening. If you consider zero terra firma or above water, obviously, we were going down fast, sinking. We were falling off a cliff, and now we are coming up. In fact, we are back above water, on terra VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 48 firma. Not where we would like to be, but we are clearly moving in the right direction. If down is bad, then up is good. It is kind of simple to see where we are here. If down is wrong, up is right; if down is worse, up is better. I hate to use this highly technical terminology. Some people may not quite comprehend all of what I am saying, but I thank you for the chart. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentlemen has expired. The Chair now recognizes the gentleman from New Mexico, Mr. Pearce, for 5 minutes. Mr. PEARCE. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And thank you, Chair- man Bernanke, for being here today. Mr. Garrett was asking a lit- tle bit about the European exposure, and you stated that the Euro- pean banks are pretty sound. Did I hear you correctly that you were saying that they have pretty stable— Mr. BERNANKE. I was talking about the European Central Bank, the central bank. The European banking system is currently being asked by the European banking authority to raise a good bit more capital, and of course, their liquidity situation is being satisfied al- most entirely by, or very substantially by the European Central Bank rather than by private markets. Mr. PEARCE. So that would explain, because I was a little con- fused. On page 4, you were talking about your continuing to mon- itor the European exposure of U.S. financial— Mr. BERNANKE. Yes. Mr. PEARCE. So that would be that. How long have you been watching the exposure of U.S. firms to financial—to the European financial— Mr. BERNANKE. The European situation became prominent about 2 years ago, so pretty much throughout that period. Mr. PEARCE. I guess my question then is about the New York Fed that gave primary dealer status to MF Global, and so 2 years ago would be somewhere in the timeframe that they were making application, in February of 2011 is when they got the application done. That is when it was given. And so this watching of exposure, MF Global had gone up by $4 billion during that very time period. Why didn’t the New York Fed catch this exposure if that was some- thing you all were concerned about? Mr. BERNANKE. Because we are regulating banks and we are looking at the banks’ exposure. MF Global wasn’t a bank and we weren’t their regulator. Mr. PEARCE. But they were taking a look at them. They had to take a look at them to give dealer— Mr. BERNANKE. But only as a counterparty. They met the criteria for size and capital and experience. Mr. PEARCE. They had been turned down several times before. Mr. BERNANKE. I don’t know. Mr. PEARCE. I will tell you, they were turned down several times before. Mr. BERNANKE. They met the criteria when the New York Fed gave the primary dealer status. It has been our goal not to restrict the primary dealer status to just a few of the larger institutions. We want to have a number of institutions there, and they met the standards to be a counterparty to the New York Fed. But again, it is not the New York Fed’s responsibility to supervise them. VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 49 Mr. PEARCE. Okay. You used some fairly significant words re- garding what is downstream from us if we continue this spending by the Federal Government. Didn’t you earlier, in answer to a question; in other words, if we keep going, it is going to get fairly significant. You used terms that were almost catastrophic. Mr. BERNANKE. There is a significant risk that if fiscal sustain- ability is not achieved within a reasonable period, markets might decide it is never going to be achieved, and then we would face a crisis of confidence. That is always a possibility. Mr. PEARCE. So this spending that we are doing is deficit spend- ing. You would say it is borrowed money, except that no single country has the ability to loan a trillion dollars when we are run- ning $200 billion, $300 billion deficits. China could lend us the money, but with a $6 trillion economy, China doesn’t appear to be able to lend $1 trillion, which would be 1/6, every year. So the Fed- eral Reserve by owning $1.2 trillion in U.S. treasuries is really fa- cilitating this spending, and it seems like you all have the capa- bility to give some discipline into the institutions here in Wash- ington that don’t have the discipline internally. Even if it was only a 10 percent reduction, say, we are not going to buy that many Treasuries, not going to do that much quantitative easing, or what- ever method you are using. Why don’t you all say no? Mr. BERNANKE. Because our mandate given to us by Congress is to try to achieve maximum employment and price stability, and that is what determines our interest rate. Mr. PEARCE. Maximum employment and price stability, you al- ready said that we are facing very serious things if we keep spend- ing what we are spending. Mr. BERNANKE. That is correct, so that is why I am here advo- cating to Congress that Congress take responsible action. Mr. PEARCE. You are independent, and you are not indicating any discipline, in disciplining us. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I yield back. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentleman has expired. The Chair now recognizes the gentleman from Colorado, Mr. Perlmutter. Mr. PERLMUTTER. Thank you. And thank you, Chairman Bernanke, for being here, and for staying all this time. I usually get to ask questions right at the end. And I appreciate your stam- ina, really, through this hearing, and through a storm that none of us quite understood what was coming. You can always look back and say—and I look at Casey Stengel or Yogi Berra who said, ‘‘Look it up.’’ We can look it up in this monetary report, and we can see the storm. You can see where the cliffs were. You can see the drop in the employment. You can see the drop in the GDP, and I think as we went through this storm, and there are still some showers to come, there is no question about that, but we came through this storm, and I just want to compliment you for being a pretty good captain, one of many, but a pretty good captain in all of this. But I do have a few questions, and Mr. Pearce just brought up something for me. I would like to discuss charts 23 and 24; Chart 23 is Federal receipts and expenditures, 1991 through 2011; and Chart 24 is change in real government expenditures on consump- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 50 tion investment, 2005 through 2011. So when I look at Chart 23, I see a continued reduction in revenue to the Federal Government, and I see in part of those spikes, a huge spike in the fall of 2008 and 2009, as demand for Federal services or services went up, GAP being debt accumulated. Would that be a fair statement? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes. Mr. PERLMUTTER. Okay, and then in 24, as opposed to saying, there hasn’t been any effort to rein in experiences, if I read chart 24 correctly, there has been a reduction, at least based on this chart in Federal expenditures. Is that correct? Am I reading it right or wrong? Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, you are reading it correctly. That is really the phasing out of the stimulus in 2009, and then of course, States and localities also have been laying off workers and cutting back spending. Mr. PERLMUTTER. Okay, so let’s talk about what is happening at the end of this year. Now, if our goal is to pay down the country’s debt, there are two ways to do it. You have more revenue and you have less expense, as opposed to what we saw in chart 23, where we had less revenue and more expense. So if I am not mistaken, you called it a fiscal cliff. I am not sure I would say that. It is the Bush tax cuts expire, so revenue increases, and the sequestration or the budget cuts kick in, we can start paying down the debt. Now, you said that may cause a major contraction. Can you explain that? Mr. BERNANKE. I don’t think I used those words exactly, but— Mr. PERLMUTTER. Okay, so use your own words. I don’t mean to put words in your mouth. Mr. BERNANKE. I would just cite as my authority the CBO, the Congressional Budget Office, has to make projections based on cur- rent law. So they assumed in their projections that the current law, the current expiration of the tax cuts and of the payroll tax relief and the sequestration all came into play in 2013, and their eco- nomic projection based on that was for 1 percent growth and for unemployment to begin to rise again. And it is just the usual logic that if you cut spending sharply and raise taxes, you are going to pull demand out of the economy, and it is going to hurt the recov- ery. Again, it is very important to address these issues in the medium to long term, but if it all hits the economy at one time, it would be very hard to adjust to that. Mr. PERLMUTTER. So I guess what you are saying is that we have these two things out there, and if we have the opportunity, both sides of the aisle, we ought to be a little more refined or targeted as we try to approach paying down the debt. At least that is how I am understanding your— Mr. BERNANKE. You can get the same pay-down, the same long- term benefits, but just a little more gradually, I think. Mr. PERLMUTTER. I have a question on page 2 of the report. It says, ‘‘Additionally the ECB made a significant injection of euro li- quidity via its first 3-year refinancing operation and central banks agreed to reduce the price of U.S. dollar liquidity based on swap lines with the Federal Reserve.’’ What does that mean? VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 51 Mr. BERNANKE. So, European banks are having trouble raising funds. Mr. PERLMUTTER. Right. Mr. BERNANKE. Most of their funding is in euros. Some of it is in dollars. On the euro side, the European Central Bank, which controls the supply of euros, has lent a trillion euros for 3 years to European banks on a collateralized basis and that has greatly reduced the problems that European banks have in raising euro funding. The European Central Bank doesn’t control dollars. The Federal Reserve controls dollars. In order to get dollars to the Eu- ropean banks who use it, in turn to make loans to U.S. citizens, among other things, the Federal Reserve has swapped dollars for euros. We give the European Central Bank dollars, and they give us euros. On their recognizance they take the dollars and lend them for shorter periods, not 3 years, less than 3 months, to Euro- pean banks thereby relieving them of their dollar funding prob- lems. They pay us back with interest, so we don’t lose anything, but it helps relieve the funding tensions for European banks. Mr. PERLMUTTER. All right, thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chair- man. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentlemen has expired. The gentleman from Minnesota, Mr. Ellison, is recognized for the re- maining time. Mr. ELLISON. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Chairman Bernanke, thank you for coming. I just want to know your views on what more you think could be done to try to help the housing market get back on track? Let me just observe that about 60 percent of all the mortgages are either owned or backed by the GSEs, and perhaps some people have proposed that we write those down, the ones we can write down. And yet, they haven’t been, and there is some re- sistance to that. Is that a feasible solution? And if not, what other ideas do you have regarding the housing market, because it seems like that is the one persistent thing that is dragging the economy down. It is not just construction jobs. It is just the loss of equity. People did not—it is the general prevailing sort of diminishment of demand, as I see it. So let me hand it over to you. That is actually going to be my only question. Mr. BERNANKE. As you may know, Congressman, the Federal Re- serve put out a White Paper recently that had an analytical discus- sion of a variety of different options without making recommenda- tions. There are a whole range of issues. GSEs have actually addressed some of them to some extent. One problem is getting the excess supply of housing off the market, so to speak. And one way to do that is to convert housing, REO housing, into rental housing. GSEs have a pilot program to do that, and we discussed some of the issues related to that in our White Paper. There is also for us to get rid of dilapidated or uninhabitable houses, land banks and similar institutions are a useful tool poten- tially. We also consider—we have not taken a position, and there certainly is no official Fed position on principal reduction, but we have looked at various alternatives to foreclosure, including, for ex- VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 52 ample, deed in lieu or short sales, which allow people to get out of the house and for the bank to avoid the foreclosure process. I guess a final area where we have a good bit of discussion is about availability or access to mortgage credit which is now very, very tight. And one of our recommendations was that the GSEs look at their policies regarding representations and warranties to provide greater assurance to originators that their loans would not be returned to them. GSEs are looking at that. That is a positive development. Another way to improve originations is to reduce uncertainty about servicing obligations. And between the various agreements that have occurred recently in the Fed’s cease-and-desist orders, current discussions about national servicing standards and the like, I think some of that uncertainty is being removed. So there is a whole variety of things that can be done. None of them is a silver bullet, but many of them could be helpful. Mr. ELLISON. Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Mr. HENSARLING. The time of the gentleman has expired. Chairman Bernanke, we thank you for your testimony today. The Chair notes that some Members may have additional ques- tions for Chairman Bernanke, which they may wish to submit in writing. Without objection, the hearing record will remain open for 30 days for Members to submit written questions to Chairman Bernanke and to place his responses in the record. This hearing is now adjourned. [Whereupon, at 1:02 p.m., the hearing was adjourned.] VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI A P P E N D I X February 29, 2012 (53) VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 54 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 100.57057 United States House of Representatives Committee on Financial Services Hearing on "Monetary Policy and the State of the Economy" 2/29/2012 Congressman Ron Paul Statement for the Record Mr. Chairman, thank you for holding this hearing on monetary policy and the state of the economy. believe that now, more than ever, the American people want to hold the Federal Reserve accountable for its loose monetary'policy and want full transparency of the Fed's actions. While the Fed has certainly released an unprecedented amount of information on its activities, there is still much that remains unknown. And every move towards transparency has been fought against tooth and nail by the Fed. It took disclosure requirements enacted within the Dodd-Frank Act to get the Fed to provide data on the its emergency Icnding facilities. It took lawsuits filed by Bloomberg and Fox News to provide data on discount window lending during the worst parts of the financial crisis. And it will take further concerted action on the part of Congress, the media, and the public to keep up pressure on the Fed to remain transparent. Transparency is not a panacea, however, as a fully transparent organization is still capable of engaging in all sorts of mischief, as the Federal Reserve does on a regular basis. Ironically, one of the Fed's more egregious recent actions, adopting an explicit inflation target, was hailed by many as another wonderful example oftransparency. Yet if you think about what this supposed 2% inflation target actually is, you realize that it is an explicit policy to devalue the dollar and reduce its purchasing power. Two percent annual price inflation means that prices rise 22% within a decade, and nearly 50% within two decades. Indeed, if you look at the performance ofthe consumer price index (CPI) under Chairman Bernanke's tenure, prices have risen at a rate of2.25% per year. Many, perhaps even most, economists would consider this a modest rise, an example of sober, cautious monetary policy. Some economists of Paul Krugman's persuasion might even argue that this is too tight a monetary policy. However, 2.25% is not too far off from the Fed's new 2% target. Now look at the performance of the US economy since February I, 2006, the date Chairman Bernanke took the mantle from Alan Greenspan. Trillions of dollars have been wasted on bailouts, stimulus packages, and other feckless spending. Millions of Americans have lost their jobs and have lost hope of ever regaining employment. The national debt has risen to more than 100% of GDP, as the federal government continues to rack up trillion-dollar deficits, aided and abetted by the Fed's policies of quantitative easing and zero percent interest rates. And we are supposed to believe that a 2% inflation rate, similar to what has prevailed during the worst economic crisis since the Great Depression, is the cure lor what ails this economy. This explicit 2% target also fails to take into account that whatever measure is used to determine price inflation, be it CPI, core CPI, PCE, etc., will always be chosen with an eye towards underreporting the true rate of inflation and price rises. Pressure will be exerted on those calculating the price indices, so as not to alarm the public when prices begin to accelerate. One need only look at what is taking place in Argentina today, where the government publishes an ofiicial CPI figure that is often less than half that reported by private sources. 55 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 200.57057 A similar situation exists in this country, where economists calculating cpr according to the original basket of goods have determined that price inflation has increased 9.5% per year since 2006, rather than the 2.25% reported by the government. Even the government's own data reports price rises of nearly 7% per year since 2006 on such consumer goods as gasoline and eggs. Bread, rice, and ground beef have increased by nearly 6% per year, while bacon and potatoes have increased nearly 5% per year. This means that in a little over half a decade, prices on staple consumer goods have increased 30- 50%, all while wages have stagnated and millions of Americans find themselves out of work and without a paycheck. Of course, government officials claim that price increases do not affect the average American because they can always buy hamburger instead of steak, or have cereal instead of bacon. But the American people can see how they are suffering because of the Fedcral Reserve. The government's claims that the official statistics show no reason to be concerned about inflation is Marxist-as in Groucho, who famously said: "Who are you going to believe, me or your own eyes?" The Federal Reserve continues to keep interest rates low in the hopes of boosting lending and consumption. But keeping interest rates at zero discourages saving, particularly as the rate of price inflation continues to rise. Why stick money in a savings account earning 0.05% if it is guaranteed to lose at least 2% of its value every year? And this is a guarantee, as the Fed has promised a 2% rate of increase in price inflation, while also guaranteeing a zero percent federal funds rate through 2014. Retirees living on fixed incomes, dependent on savings, or on interest income from investments will see their savings drawn down as they are forced to consume principal. Young people, hard hit by the recession and struggling to find jobs, will fail to see the virtue of thrift. Saving or investing is an exercise in futility, as parking money in the bank or in CDs will guarantee a loss, while investing in stocks, bonds, or mutual funds will net at best paltry gains, and at worst massive losses in this continuing weak economy. The longer the Federal Reserve keeps interest rates low and discourages savings and investment, the more societal attitudes will change from being future oriented to present oriented. The Federal Reserve and its policies already served to stimulate and prioritize consumption over saving, creating the largest debt bubble the world has ever known. The extended zero interest rate policy only serves to promote more consumption and debt now, eviscerating thrift and savings-the true building blocks of prosperity. This present-oriented mindset has become pervasive especially among politicians, putting the government in dismal financial shape as Congressmen and Presidents over the years have taken to heart Louis XV's famous saying: "Apres moi, Ie deluge." rfthe American people follow the same path in their own lives, this country will be ruined. Capital will be depleted, infrastructure will fall into disrepair, and the United States will be a mere shadow of its former self. It is well past time to end the failed monetary policy that encourages this mistaken preference for cheap money now. 56 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 300.57057 For release on delivery 10:00 a.m. EST February 29,2012 Statement by Ben S. Bernanke Chairman Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System before the Committee on Financial Services U.S. House of Representatives February 29,2012 57 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 400.57057 Chairman Bachus, Ranking Member Frank, and other members of the Committee, I am pleased to present the Federal Reserve's semiannual Monetary Policy Report to the Congress. ~ill begin with a discussion of current economic conditions and the outlook and then turn to monetary policy. The Economic Outlook The recovery of the U.S. economy continues, but the pace of expansion has been uneven and modest by historical standards. After minimal gains in the first half of last year, real gross domestic product (GDP) increased at a 2-1/4 percent annual rate in the second half.l The limited information available for 2012 is consistent with growth proceeding, in coming quarters, at a pace close to or somewhat above the pace that was registered during the second half of last year. We have seen some positive developments in the labor market. Private payroll employment has increased by 165,000 jobs per month on average since the middle of last year, and nearly 260,000 new private-sector jobs were added in January. The job gains in recent months have been relatively widespread across industries. In the public sector, by contrast, layoffs by state and local goverrunents have continued. The unemployment rate hovered around 9 percent for much of last year but has moved down appreciably since September, reaching 8.3 percent in January. New claims for unemployment insurance benefits have also moderated. The decline in the unemployment rate over the past year has been somewhat more rapid than might have been expected, given that the economy appears to have been growing during that time frame at or below its longer-term trend; continued improvement in the job market is likely to require stronger growth in final demand and production. Notwithstanding the better recent data, the job market remains far from normal: The unemployment rate remains elevated, I Data for the fourth quarter of 20 11 from the national income and product accounts reflect the advance estimate released on January 27, 2012. 58 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 500.57057 -2- long-term unemployment is still near record levels, and the number of persons working part time for economic reasons is very high.2 Household spending advanced moderately in the second half of last year, boosted by a fourth-quarter surge in motor vehicle purchases that was facilitated by an easing of constraints on supply related to the earthquake in Japan. However, the fundamentals that support spending continue to be weak: Real household income and wealth were flat in 2011, and access to credit remained restricted for many potential borrowers. Consumer sentiment, which dropped sharply last summer, has since rebounded but remains relatively low. In the housing sector, atTordability has increased dramatically as a result of the decline in house prices and historically low interest rates on conventional mortgages. Unfortunately, many potential buyers lack the down payment and credit history required to qualifY for loans; others are reluctant to buy a house now because of concerns about their income, employment prospects, and the future path of home prices. On the supply side of the market, about 30 percent of recent home sales have consisted of foreclosed or distressed properties, and home vacancy rates remain high, putting downward pressure on house prices. More-positive signs include a pickup in construction in the multifamily sector and recent increases in homebuilder sentiment. Manufacturing production has increased 15 percent since the trough of the recession and has posted solid gains since the middle oflast year, supported by the recovery in motor vehicle supply chains and ongoing increases in business investment and exports. Real business spending for equipment and software rose at an annual rate of about 12 percent over the second half of 2011, a bit faster than in the first half of the year. But real export growth, while remaining solid, 2 In January, 5-l/2 million persons among those counted as unemployed--about 43 percent of the total--had been out of work for more than six months, and 8-1/4 million persons were working part time for economic reasons. 59 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 600.57057 -3 - slowed somewhat over the same period as foreign economic activity decelerated, particularly in Europe. The members of the Board and the presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks recently projected that economic activity in 2012 will expand at or somewhat above the pace registered in the second half of last year. Specifically, their projections for growth in real GDP this year, provided in conjunction with the January meeting of the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), have a central tendency of2.2 to 2.7 percent.3 These forecasts were considerably lower than the projections they made last June.4 A number of factors have played a role in this reassessment. First, the annual revisions to the national income and product accounts released last summer indicated that the recovery had been somewhat slower than previously estimated. In addition, fiscal and financial strains in Europe have weighed on financial conditions and global economic growth, and problems in U.S. housing and mortgage markets have continued to hold down not only construction and related industries, but also household wealth and confidence. Looking beyond 2012, FOMC participants expect that economic activity will pick up gradually as these headwinds fade, supported by a continuation of the highly accommodative stance for monetary policy. With output growth in 2012 projected to remain close to its longer-run trend, participants did not anticipate further substantial declines in the unemployment rate over the course of this year. Looking beyond this year, FOMC participants expect the unemployment rate to continue 3 See table I, "Economic Projections of Federal Reserve Board Members and Federal Reserve Bank Presidents, January 2012," of the Summary of Economic Projections available at Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (2012), "Federal Reserve Board and Federal Open Market Committee Release Economic Projections fTOm the January 24-25 FOMC Meeting," press release, January 25, www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monctaryI20120125b.htm; also available in Part 4 of the February 2012 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress. 4 Ben S. Bernanke (2011), "Semiannual Monetary Policy Report to the Congress," statement before the Committee on Financial Services, U.S. House of Representatives, July 13, www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/testimonylbemanke20110713a.htm. 60 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 700.57057 -4- to edge down only slowly toward levels consistent with the Committee's statutory mandate. In light of the somewhat different signals received recently from the labor market than from indicators of final demand and production, however, it will be especially important to evaluate incoming information to assess the underlying pace of economic recovery. At our January meeting, participants agreed that strains in global financial markets posed significant downside risks to the economic outlook. Investors' concerns about fiscal deficits and the levels of government debt in a number of European countries have led to substantial increases in sovereign borrowing costs, stresses in the European banking system, and associated reductions in the availability of credit and economic activity in the euro area. To help prevent strains in Europe from spilling over to the U.S. economy, the Federal Reserve in November agreed to extend and to modify the terms of its swap lines with other major central banks, and it continues to monitor the European exposures of U.S. financial institutions. A number of constructive policy actions have been taken of late in Europe, including the European Central Bank's program to extend three-year collateralized loans to European financial institutions. Most recently, European policymakers agreed on a new package of measures for Greece, which combines additional official-sector loans with a sizable reduction of Greek debt held by the private sector. However, critical fiscal and financial challenges remain for the euro zone, the resolution of which will require concerted action on the part of European authorities. Further steps will also be required to boost growth and competitivencss in a number of countries. We are in frequent contact with our counterparts in Europe and will continue to follow the situation closely. 61 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 800.57057 -5- As I discussed in my July testimony, inflation picked up during the early part of20]15 A surge in the prices of oil and other commodities, along with supply disruptions associated with the disaster in Japan that put upward pressure on motor vehicle prices, pushed overall inflation to an annual rate of more than 3 percent over the first half of last year.6 As we had expected, however, these factors proved transitory, and inflation moderated to an annual rate of 1-1/2 percent during the second half of the year--c1ose to its average pace in the preceding two years. In the projections made in January, the Committee anticipated that, over coming quarters, inflation will run at or below the 2 percent level we judge most consistent with our statutory mandate. Specifically, the central tendency of participants' forecasts for inflation in 2012 ranged from 1.4 to 1.8 percent, about unchanged from the projections made last June.7 Looking farther ahead, participants expected the subdued level of inflation to persist beyond this year. Since these projections were made, gasoline prices have moved up, primarily reflecting higher global oil prices--a development that is likely to push up inflation temporarily while reducing consumers' purchasing power. We will continue to monitor energy markets carefully. Longer- term inflation expectations, as measured by surveys and financial market indicators, appear consistent with the view that inflation will remain subdued. Monetary Policy Against this backdrop of restrained growth, persistent downside risks to the outlook for real activity, and moderating inflation, the Committee took several steps to provide additional monetary accommodation during the second half of2011 and early 2012. These steps included 'Bernanke, "Semiannual Monetary Policy Report to the Congress" (see note 4). 6 Inflation is measured using the price index for personal consumption expenditures. 7 See table I available at Board of Governors, "Federal Reserve Board and Federal Open Market Committee Release Economic Projections" (see note 3), 62 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 900.57057 -6- changes to the forward rate guidance included in the Committee's post-meeting statements and adjustments to the Federal Reserve's holdings of Treasury and agency securities. The target range for the federal funds rate remains at 0 to 114 percent, and the forward guidance language in the FOMC policy statement provides an indication of how long the Committee expects that target range to be appropriate. In August, the Committee clarified the forward guidance language, noting that economic conditions--including low rates of resource utilization and a subdued outlook for inflation over the medium run--were likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through the middle of2013. By providing a longer time horizon than had previously been expected by the public, the statement tended to put downward pressure on longer-term interest rates. At the January 2012 FOMC meeting, the Committee amended the forward guidance further, extending the horizon over which it expects economic conditions to warrant exceptionally low levels of the federal funds rate to at least through late 2014. In addition to the adjustments made to the forward guidance, the Committee modified its policies regarding the Federal Reserve's holdings of securities. In September, the Committee put in place a maturity extension program that combines purchases of longer-term Treasury securities with sales of shorter-term Treasury securities. The objective of this program is to lengthen the average maturity of our securities holdings without generating a significant change in the size of our balance sheet. Removing longer-term securities from the market should put downward pressure on longer-term interest rates and help make financial market conditions more supportive of economic growth than they otherwise would have been. To help support conditions in mortgage markets, the Committee also decided at its September meeting to reinvest principal received from its holdings of agency debt and agency mortgage-backed securities 63 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 010.57057 7 (MBS) in agency MBS, rather than continuing to reinvest those proceeds in longer-tenn Treasury securities as had been the practice since August 2010. The Committee reviews the size and composition of its securities holdings regularly and is prepared to adjust those holdings as appropriate to promote a stronger economic recovery in the context of price stability. Before concluding, I would like to say a few words about the statement oflongcr-run goals and policy strategy that the FOMC issued at the conclusion of its January meeting. The statement reaffinns our commitment to our statutory objectives, given to us by the Congress, of price stability and maximum employment. Its purpose is to provide additional transparency and increase the effectiveness of monetary policy. The statement does not imply a change in how the Committee conducts policy. Transparency is enhanced by providing greater specificity about our objectives. Because the inflation rate over the longer run is detennined primarily by monetary policy, it is feasible and appropriate for the Committee to set a numerical goal for that key variable. The FOMC judges that an inflation rate of 2 percent, as measured by the annual change in the price index for personal consumption expenditures, is most consistent over the longer run with its statutory mandate. While maximum employment stands on an equal footing with price stability as an objective of monetary policy, the maximum level of employment in an economy is largely detennined by nonmonetary factors that affect the structure and dynamics of the labor market; it is therefore not feasible for any central bank to specify a fixed goal for the longer-run level of employment. However, the Committee can estimate the level of maximum employment and use that estimate to infonn policy decisions. In our most recent projections in January, for example, FOMC participants' estimates of the longer-run, nonnal rate of unemployment had a central 64 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 110.57057 -8 - tendency of 5.2 to 6.0 percent.8 As r noted a moment ago, the level of maximum employment in an economy is subject to change; for instance, it can be affected by shifts in the structure of the economy and by a range of economic policies. If at some stage the Committee estimated that the maximum level of employment had increased, for example, we would adjust monetary policy accordingly. The dual objectives of price stability and maximum employment are generally complementary. Indeed, at present, with the unemployment rate elevated and the inflation outlook subdued, the Committee judges that sustaining a highly accommodative stance for monetary policy is consistent with promoting both objectives. However, in cases where these objectives are not complementary, the Committee follows a balanced approach in promoting them, taking into account the magnitudes of the deviations of inflation and employment from levels judged to be consistent with the dual mandate, as well as the potentially different time horizons over which employment and inflation are projected to return to such levels. Thank you. I would be pleased to take your questions. 8 See table 1 available at Board of Governors, "Federal Reserve Board and Federal Open Market Committee Release Economic Projections" (see note 3). 65 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 210.57057 66 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 310.57057 February 29, 2012 Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve .... ,d·"'rn 67 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 410.57057 BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF TIlE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM Washington, D.C., February 29, 2012 THE PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE THE SPEAKER OF THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTAflVES The Board of Governors is pleased to submit its Iv[onetary Policy Report to the Congress pursuant to section 2B of the Federal Reserve Act. Ben Bernanke, Chairman 68 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 510.57057 1 Part 1: Overview 5 Part 2: Recent Economic and Financial Developments 6 Domestic Developments 6 The Household Sector 6 Consumer Spending and Household Finance 8 Housing ACTivity and Finance 10 The Business Sector 10 Fixed Investment II Inventory Investment II Corporate Profits and Business f<inance 13 The Government Sector 13 Federal Government 15 State and Local Government 15 The External Sector 17 National Saving 17 The Labor Market 17 Employment and Unemploymel1l 18 Productivity and Labor Compensation 18 Prices 69 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 610.57057 ji 20 Financial Developments 2() Monetary Policy Expectations and Treasury Rates 21 Short-Term Emding Markets 22 Financial Institutions 26 Corporate Debt and Equity Markets 28 Monetary Aggregates and the Federal Reserve's Balance Shed 30 International Developmenls 30 International Financial Markets 33 The Financial Account 35 Advanced Foreign Economies 36 Emerging Market Economies 39 Part 3: Monetary 39 Monetary Policy over the Second Half of 20ll and Early 2012 43 FOMC Communications 47 Part 4: Summary of Economic Projections 49 The Outlook li)r Economic Activity 51 The Outlook lor I nflalion 54 Appropriate Monetary Policy 58 Uncertainly and Risks 61 List of Boxes 24 Financial 32 An 36 U.S. Funding Pressures and Dollar 45 FOMC Statement Regarding Longer-Run Goals Strategy 60 Forecast Uncertainty 70 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 710.57057 Economic activity in the United States expanded at a investors seemed to hecome more confident that Euro moderate rate in the second half of 2011 following an pean policymakers would take the steps necessary to anemic gain in the first halt: and the moderate pace of address the crisis. The more positive market sentiment expansion appears to have continued into the opening was bolstered by recent U.S. data releases, which months of 2012. Activity was held down in the first pointed 10 greater strength, on balance, than investors half of 2011 by temporary factors, particularly supply had expected. Nonetheless, market participants report chain disruptions stemming from the earthquake in edly remain cautious about risks in the fInancial Japan and the damping efIcct of higher energy prices system, and credit default swap spreads for lJ.S. finan on consumer spending. As the effects of these factors cial institutions have widened, on net, since early last waned over the second half of the year, economic summer. activity picked up. Conditions in the labor market have After rising at an annual rate of just 'l4 percent in the improved since last summer, with an increase in the tlrst half of 2011, real gross domestic product (GDP) is pace of job gains and a noticeable reduction in the estimated to have increased at a 2 Y4 percent rate in the unemployment rate. Meanwhile, consumer price inila second halP The growth rate of real consumer spend tion has stepped down from the temporarily high levels ing also tirmed a bit in the second half of the year, observed over the fIrst half of 2011, as commodity and although the fundamental determinants of household import prices retreated and as longer-term inflation spending improved little: Real household income and expectations remained stable. Looking ahead, gro-wth wealth stagnated, and access to credit remained tight is likely to be modest during the coming year, as several for many potential horrowers. Consumer sentiment has factors appear likely to continue to restrain activity, rebounded from the summer's depressed levels but including restricted access to credit for many house remains low hy historical standards. Meanwhile, real holds and small businesses, the still-depressed housing investment in equipment and software and exports market, tight liscal policy at alllevcls of government, posted solid gains over the second half of the year. In and some slowing in global economic growth. contrast, the housing market remains depressed, In light of these conditions, the Federal Open Mar weighed down by the large inventory of vacant houses ket Committee (FOMe) took a number of steps dur fi.)r sale, the substantial volume of distressed sales, and ing the second half of 2011 and early 2012 to provide homebuyers' concerns about the strength of the recov additional monetary policy accommodation and ery and the potential for further declines in house thereby support a stronger economic recovery in the prices. In the government sector, real purchases of context of price stability. These steps included modify goods and services continued to decline over the sec ing the forward rate guidance included in postmeeting ond half of the year. statements, increasing the average maturity of the Fed Labor market conditions have improved. The unem eral Reserve's securities holdings, and shifting the rein ployment rate moved down from around 9 percent veslment of principal payments on agency securities over the first eight months of 2011 to SOl, percent in from Treasury securities to agency-guaranteed January l012. However, even with this improvement, mortgage-backed securities (MIlS). the jobless rate remains quite elevated. Furthermore, Throughout the second half of 2011 and early 2012, the share of the unemployed who have been jobless for participants in financial markets focused on the fiscal more than six months, although down slightly from its and banking crisis in Europe. Concerns regarding the peak, was still above 40 percent in January--roughly potential [or spillovers to the U.S. economy and fman double the fraction that prevailed during the economic cial markets weighed on investor sentiment, contribut expansion of the previous decade. Meanwhile, private ing to significant volatility in a wide range of asset prices and at times prompting sharp pullbacks from risk-taking. Strains cased somewhat in a number of financial markets in late 2011 and early this year as 71 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 810.57057 Mondary Policy Report to the Congress [J February 2012 payroll employment gains averaged 1(')5,000 jobs spreads rcrnain eievnted. Partly a result of the l()r month in the second half of 2011, it bit slower than the \vard guidanct: and ongoing maturity extension pro pace in the flrsl half of the yC<:l1~ but gains in December gram provided by the Federal Reserve, market partici- and January wen: more robust, almost pants expect the target federal rate to remain low 24(),OOO per month. for a longer period than the) thl'lIght early last July, Consumer price inflation stepped down in the sec- and Treasury yields have moved dO\vn significantly. ond half of 2011. After at an annual rate of Meam;vhik, measures of inflation compensation over perccnt in the first half of the year, prices for per the next nve years derived f'rom yields on nominal and sonal consumptiun expenditures (per:) rose just int1ation-indcxed Treasury ~ecuritks are little changed, 11/2 percent in the s10cond half per prices excluding on balanct:, Lhough the ron-yard measure 5-tu-1() years food and energy also decelerated, rising at an annual ahead remains bdo\,,' its level in the middle of last year. ruLe of roughly 111:2 percent in the second half of 201 I, Among nonfmancial cDrporations, iargcr and compared with about 2 percent in the 11rs1 halC The highcr-credir-quality llrms v,,:ith access t.o capital mar decline in inHation was largely response [0 decreases kets took advantage of generally atfn.lctivc [inancing in global commodity prices ri)llo\\!ing their early conditions to raise funds in the second half or 2011. in 2011, as Vi!~ll as restoratiun of supply chains fC)f On th(; other hand, for smaller urms without access to motor vehicle produclioll that had been disrupted after crcdilmarkcts and those \vith less-solid financial situa the earthquake in Japan and some deceleration in the tions, borrowing conditions remained more challeng prices of impl..-wted goods other than raw commodities. ing. Renecling these deVelopments, investment-gradt: The European fiscal and banking intensified in nontlnancial corporations continueclto issue debt at a 1h e second haIr of the year. During t ht.': summer, the robust pace \vhile speculative-grade issuance declined, governments of 11aly and Spain came under investors' appetite for riskier assets diminished. i1nanc1r.ll pressufe and borrowing cnsts increased for Similar issuance patterns evident in the market many curo-area and banks. in early syndicated loans, where investment-grade issuance August, the European Central Bank (FeB) responded cnntinued 10 be strong \vhile that or higher-yielding by purchases of market able debt sccuril ics. leveraged 10uns fell hack. In uddiLion, commercial and Although yields on the government lkb! Df Haly and indusLrial (C&1) loans i)ll banks' books expanded Spain temporarily moved 1\)\\ler, markcl conditions strongly, particularly kw larger dom..:stic banks that arc deteriorated in the Call and funding pressures !<"lr some most iikcly to lend to big firms. According to the Janu governml.mls and hanks increased further. Over the ary Senior Loan OHker Opinion Survey on Bank second hall' of the year, Europ.;an kUi.krs \vorkt:d Lending Practices (SLOOS), domestic banks cased toward bolstering th..: financial backstop rt)f curn-area terms on C&I loans dnd cxpcriem:ed increased loan gt}\l\'rnments, reinforcing the l1scal discipline or those demand during the fourth quarter of the year, the lat govt::rnnWnl8, and strengthening the capital ..l Oll liquid- ter deVelopment in p3rt renccting a shirt in some bor positions or banks. /\ddi!ional1y, the FeB made a rowing away from European banks.~ By contrast significant injection of euro liquidity via its first three although credit supply conditions for smaller tirms year refInancing operation. and central banks agreed to arpear to have eased some\vhat in the last several rt:duce the price of U.S. dollar liquidity based on S\vap months, they remained tighter relative to historical lines with the Federal Reserve. Since December, follow nnrms than fell' larger firms, Commercial ing these actions, yields on the deb! of vulnerable debt continued !o decline through the third quarter of European governments declined to some extent and 201 albeit moderate pace than in 20W. funding pressures on European banks c<:L'icd. Household debt appears to have dcdint.:d at or A numher of sources of inveSTor including slightly slower pace in the second hall' 2011 than in the European crisis, concerns about Lhc suslainahili1y lhc llrs.l halL with the cominm'd contraction in mort of u.s. fiscal policy, and a slowdo\vn in global gage debt partially offset by growth in consumer creJi1. gro¥lLh--weighcd on U.S. iinancial markets early in the Lven though mortgage rates cont inued tu lx: near his second half of 20 ll. More n:ccntly, these concerns torically low levels, the volume of nc\v mortg"lgc It'ans cased somewhat, rel1ccting actions taken by gll)bal cen remained muted. The smaller quantity of new mort tral hanks well as U.S. data releases that pointed to gage origination renee!.!) potential buyers' lack of dther greater strength, Gn balance, than markeL participants the dmvn payment or credit hislory required to ljualify had anticipated. Broad ..:;quity prices feU notably in August but suhs-.;qu<.:ntly retraced, and they arc now 2. Th~ Sf/)t)S is available-on the F<;)(l~ra! R-:serv..: Uoard's \\'eh~ik little -changed, on net, since early July. Corporate bond at w\\w.J~d:;;ntlreserve.g()\!bc)(.\f{JJo<.:s/Sn J .oanSul'Vey 72 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 910.57057 Hoard (~f Gvvernors (~( the Federal Reserve S):stem J loans, and many appear reluctant to buy a second hall' of 20 It and 2012. In August, the house now hecause or concerns about their income Commit1ee mndiHed it~ f()rward rate guidance, noling prospects and employment statns, well as the-risk of thai economic conditions were likely to warrant exccp further declines hous::: prices. Delinquency rah;s on tion.-:t.lly low levels for the federal funds rak at least of residential edged lower through mid-20 1 3. The FOMC decided Septem- but stayed ncar recent highs, and the of prop- ber meeting!o extend the maturity of its erties in the foreclosure process remained elevated. Treasury holdings, and to reinvest principal payments Issuance of consumer asse1-backed securil1es in the from its holl.Hngs of agency debt and agency MBS in second half of 20 i 1 ran at about the same rate as it agency fVfBS rather than in Treasury securities.4 had o\'Cr the previous 18 months. A modest net Finally, at the Committee's January 2012 meeting, the tion of SLOOS respondents 10 both the October and rOMC modified its forward guidance to indicate 1hat January surveys indicated that the)' had cased their it expected economic conditions to warrant cxc!.!ption standards on al! categories of consumer loans. ally low level::;; for the federal fund::;; rate at least through Measures nf lht: prolltahl1ily of the U.S. banking lale 2014. The Committec noted lhat 1t would regu!arly indu~try have edged up, on net, since mid-2011, as revlcw the size and composition of its securities hold indicators of' (:fcdiL quality continued to show signs of ings and is prepared to adjust lh~)se holdings as apprn improvcmt2nt and hanks trimmed non interest expenses. prlate to promotc a stronger economie recovery in the Meanwhile, banks' regulatory capital rntios remained context of price sl ability. at historic,ally high levels, as authorities continued to In addition to these policy actions the Federal J take steps to enhance their regulation of 11nancia1 instI Reserve took further steps to improve communications tutions. Nondheless, condirions in unsecured inkr- regarding its mondary p()licy decisions and delibera bank funding deteriorated. Strains were par- tions:. At lhe Committee's January meding, th(> ticulaxly evidcnL f()r European tlnandnl institutions, FOl\1C released a statement of its longer-run goals with funding costs increasing and maturities shorten and policy slrategy in an dIurt to enhance trans- ing, on balan()\.:, <;1S investors focused on counlcrpariy parency, acc(Hllltaoility. and of monetary credit risk a.mid about 1b e ongoing policy and to faclli1ale \vell-informed decisionmaking crisis in Europe. Given solid deposit growth and lnl,d by housebolds and hllsjncss~s. The statement empha cst expansion in bank credit aews::; the industry, most sizes the Federal Reserve's iirm commitment to pursue domestic hanks reportedly had limited need for unse its congressional mandate l(, promoLt; maximum cured funding. employment, stahle prices, and mudcrak lung-tenn Concerns ahoul the condltion of financial lnslitu in lefest rates. To ctarify how il s<.::cks to achkve these lions gave rise to hdghtencd inveslor anxiety regarding objectives, the F'OMC staled that inllation at the rate counterparty exposures during lhe second half of of 2 percent, as measured by tht2 annual chflngc in the 2011. Responses to the December Senior Credit OlTtccr peE price index, is most (;onsislcnt over the longer run Opinion Survey on Dealer Financing Terms, or with the Federal Reserve's slalulory mandate. \Vhik SCOOS, indicat~d that dc,,-ucrs dc-voted increased time noting 1hat the Committee's assessments of the maxi and attention to the management of concentrated mum level of employment necessarily uncertain credit exposures to other financial intermediaries over and subject to revision, the statement indicated that the previous three months, and 80 percent of dealers the ecntr<ll tendency of FOMC participants' current reported reducing credi! limits ft,r some specific coun t~stimaks of the longer-run normal rate of unemploy terparties. .1 Respondents also reported broad but ment between 5.2 and 6.0 percent. It stressed thaI the moderate tightening of credit terms applicable to Federal Reserve's statutory objectives are generally importnn1 classes of counkrpartics preV1011S complementary, but when lhey not, the Committee lhrcc months, importantly reJ1ccting a worsening in wi1l1/)llow a balanced approach in its efTor1s to return market liquidity and functioning as wdl a both inl1ation and empioyment to 1c-vc1s consistent reduced \villingness to take on risk. \\i1 h its mandate. nrcicr to support a stronger economic recovery Tn addition, the January Summary of Economic and help ensure that inHation, over lime, is alkyds Projections (SFP) provided inti.1rmation Ii.)r the Hrst consislent wlth its dual mandate. the FOMe provided time about j;OMC participants' individual assessments additional monetary policy accommodation eluring tbe 3. '1 he: SCOOS is availabh: on tJH~ Fcdcral R'::;';CfV':: Board's ,;n::hsik at ,y\;vw.fcdcralrcscrvc.goy/ccQnrcsdataJrckascs/scoos.htm. 73 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 020.57057 4 lVIonetary Policy Report tu the C\mgrcss 0 February 2012 (11' the appropriate timing of the first increase in the the 2012 14 period at ratcs at or below the FOMC's target federal funds rate given their view of the eco longer-run objective of 2 percent. nomic situation and outlook, as well as participants' With the unemployment rate projected to remain assessments of the appropriate level of the target fed deyated over the projection period and inflation eral funds rate in the fourth quarter of each year expected to be subdued. most participants expected through 2014 and over the longer run, The SEP also that the federal funds rak would remain ~xjraordi- included quaWative inf()rmation regarding individual narily for som0 time. Six participants anticipated participants' ~xp(:ctations for the Fe<.1eral Reserv<.;'s thaI, under appropriate 11101H.:lnry policy, the firsj balance sheet under appropriate monetary policy. increase in the larget federal funds rale \vould Dccur The economic projections in the January SLP (pn: an(~r 2014, and five cxpr.:cted policy firming to com sented in Parl 4 or this report) indicated that rOMe mence during 2014, The remaining six participants participants (1he mcmhcrs of the Board ()f Governors judged that raising the federal funds rale sonner would and the presidents ~)f the 12 f'cdcral Reserve Banks) he re4uircd to forestall inl1ationary pressures or avoid generally anticipated aggregate output to increase at. a distortions in the I1nancial system. i\!t of the individual som~\vhat faster pace in 2012 t.han in 20] L Although assessments of the appropriate target federal funds rate t.he participants marked dO\vn t.heir GDP grmvth pro over the next few years \-vcre bdo\v the participants' jcclions slighlly compared with those prepared in estimates 0[' the longer-run level or the j(:d~ral funds November, they stated that the economic ini{xmation rate. Eleven of the 17 participants placed the target received since that time showed con1inued gradual federal funds rate at 1 percent or lower at t he end of improvement in the pace of economic activity during 2014, while 5 sa\-v tht:: appropriale rate as:2 percenl or the second half of 2011, as the iannenee of Ihe le111po- higher. 1'ar1' factors that darnpcd activity in the first hall' of the A sizable majurity of participants continued 10 year subsided. Hmvcver, a number of additionall:1.c judge the level of uncertainty associated with their pro tors, including ongoing weakness in the housing sector, jections for real activity and the unemployment rate as modest grmvth in re,11 disposab!c income, and the exceeding 1h(': average of the past 20 years. Many also restraining cficcts of fiscal consolidation, suggested at tnched greatcr-l han-normal1cvc1 ~)f unccrtainty to that the pace of Lhe recovery Wl1tIld he modes! in com their forecasls f()r inl1ation. As in Novcmhcr, many ing quarters. Participants also read the information on par1icipants sa\\< downside risks attending their f()fe economic activity abroad, particularly in Europe, as casts of real GDP growth and upside risks to their pointing to vv\;akcr demand for US. cxport~. As these t(JfCcasts of the uncmploymen1 rate; most participants Cactors wanc, rOMe parlicipnnts anticipated tbat the vicw!2d the rlsks In thelr inlbtion projections as pace of the economic expansion will graduaHy broadly balanced. Participants also reported their strengthen over the 2013-~14 period, pushing the rate of assessmcnts of the values to which key mncroccol1omk increase in real GDP abnvc their estimates of the variahlcs would he expccted to converge over the longer-run rat..: of output growlh. \Vilh real (iDP longer term under appropriak monc1ary policy and in expcc:ted to increase at a modest rate in 2012, the the absence of further shocks to the economy. The cen unemployment rate \vas projected to decline only a trill tendencies of these longer-run projections were little this year. Participanrs expected further gradual 2.3 to 2.0 percent for real O-DP gro\v1h and 5.2 to improvement in labor marke1 conditions over 2013 and 6.0 percent t()f the unemployment rate. In light of the 2014 as the pace of output growth picks up. They also 2 percent. inflation that is the objective included in the noted that inflation expectations had remained stable stat.ement of longer-run goals and policy s1rategy over lht: past year d0spitc fluctuations headline adop1ed at the January meeting, the range and central inflation. Most participants anticipated 1hat both tendency of participants' projeclions of longer-run headline and core intlalion would remain suhdued over in!1alion were aU equal to pcrccnt. 74 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 120.57057 Real gross domestic product (GDP) increased at an The fiscal and banking crisis in Europe was a pri annual rate of 2:,~ percent in the second half of 2011, mary focus of financial markets over the course of the according to the advance estimate prepared by the second hall' of 2011 and early 2012. Growing concerns Bureau of Economic Analysis, fonowing gro-wth of less regarding the potential for spillovers to the U.S. than I percent in the J1rst half (figure I). Activity was economy and financial markets weighed on investor held down in the first half of the year by temporary sentiment, contributing to significant volatility in a factors, particularly supply chain disruptions stemming wide range of asset prices. Nonetheless, development.s from the earthquake in Japan and the damping dlect in financial markets have been mixed, on balance, since of higher energy prices on consumer spending. As the July. Unsecured dollar funding markets became signitl effects of these factors waned over the second half of cantly strained, particularly for European institutions, the year, the pace of economic activity picked up. But though U.S. institutions generally did not appear to growth remained quite modest compared with previ face substanti;:.u funding ditliculties. Risk spreads on ous economic expansions, and a number of factors corporat.e debt. stayed elevat.ed, on net, but yields on appear likely to continue to restrain the pace of activ corporate bonds generally moved lower. Broad equity ity into 2012; these factors include restricted access to prices, which declined significantly in July and August, credit for many households and small businesses, the subsequently returned to levels near those seen in early depressed housing market, tight fiscal policy, and the July. Credit conditions for most large nontlnancial spillover eflects of the fiscal and financial difficulties in firms were accommodative and corporate profIt growth Europe. remained strong. Conditions in the labor market have improved since In response to a pace of economic growth that was last summer. The pace of private job gains has somewhat slower than expected, the Federal Reserve increased, and the unemployment rate has moved provided additional monet.ary policy accommodation lower. Nonetheless, at g~ percent, the jobless rate is during the second hall' or 2011 and early 2012. Partly still quite elevated. Meanwhile, consumer price inl1a as a result, Treasury yields moved down signitlcantly, tion stepped down from the higher levels observed over and market participants pushed nut the date al which the first half of last year, as commodity and import they expect the federal funds rate to move above its prices retreated while longer-term int1ation expecta current. t.arget. range of 0 to %. percent and built in tions remained stable (figure 2). 1. Change in real gross domestic product, 2005-11 2. Change in the chain-type price index for personal consumption expenditures, 2005-11 2007 2008 2009 20W 2011 Here and in subsequent figures, except as noted, change for a given period is measl.lNd to il<; final quarter from the final quarter of the preceding period. SOURCE: Depaltment of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis. 75 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 220.57057 6 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [J February 2012 expectations of a more gradual pace of increase in the 4. Personal saving rate, 1988-2011 federal funds rate after liftoff. Domestic The Household Sector COlIsllmeJ" Spelldillg lImlHollse/wid Fil1ilnce Real personal consumption expenditures (PC E) rose at an annual rate of about 2 percent in the second half of 2011, following a rise of just 1 ;/; percent in the tlrst half of the year (figure 3). Part of the spending gain was at tributable to a fourth-quarter surge in purchases of motor vehicles following very weak spending last spring and summer stemming from the damping effects of the eart hquake in Japan on motor vehicle supply. Even with the step-up, however, PCE growth was mod est compared with previous business cycle recoveries. hoth the number of hours worked and average hourly This subpar performance retlects !he continued weak wages adiusted for inflation, rose at an annual rate of ness in the underlying determinants of consumption, 1 p~rcent in 2011. The increase in real wage and salary including sluggish income growth, sentiment that income reflected the continued, though tepid, recover remains relatively low despite recent improvements, the ies in both employment and hours worked; in contrast, lingering elTects of the earlier declines in household hourly pay was little changed in real terms. wealth, and tight access to credit lor many potential The ratio of household net worth to DPI dropped horrowers. With consumer spending subdued, the sav back a little in the secoml half of 2011, reflecting fur ing rate, although down from its recent high point, ther declines in house prices and equity values remained above levels that prevailed prior to the reces (figure 6). The wealth-to-income ratio has hovered sion (figure 4), close to 5 in recent years, roughly the level that pre Real income growth is currently estimated to have vailed prior to the late 19 90s, hut well below the highs been very weak in 2011. After rising 2 percent in 20 I 0, recorded during the boom in house prices in the mid- aggregate real disposable personal income (DPI)~,­ 2000s. Consumer sentiment, which dropped sharply personal income less personal taxes, adjusted for price last summer. has rebounded since then; nevertheless, changes-was essentially flat in 2011 (figure 5). The wage and salary component of real DPI, which reflects 5. Change in real disposable personal income and in real \,,:age and salary disbursements, 2005-11 3, Change in real personal consumption expenditures, 2005-11 Pcrcentannnalrak HI H2 I _. 2 --~-~--'~'- ~! - ~!- ~~ 2005 2006 2007 200S 2009 2010 2011 76 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 320.57057 Board of Governors (~f the Federal Reserve S~vstem 7 6. Wealth-lo-incomeratio,1988-2011 and interest payment on existing mortgages and con sumer deht relative to incomc······also decreased further RatJU and now is at a level last seen in 1994 and 1995 (llgure 8). The moderate expansion in consumer credit in the second half of 2011, at an annual rate of about 4;,s percent, has been driven primarily by an increase in nonrevolving credit, which accounts for about two thirds of total consumer credi1 and is composed mainly of auto and student loans. Revolving consumer credit (primarily credit card lending), while continuing to lag, appeared to pick up somewhat toward the end of the year. The increase in consumer credit is consis tent with reccnt responses to the Senior Loan Officcr Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices (SLOOS). Indeed, modest net fractions of banks in both the October and January surveys reported that they had eased standards on all major categories of consumer loans, and that demand had strengthened for auto and credit cards loans on balance. However, data on credit these gains only moved sentiment back to ncar the top card solicitations suggest that lenders in that area are of the range that has prevailed since late 2009 primarily interested in pursuing higher-quality (figure 7). borrowers. Household debt-the sum of both mortgage and Indicators of consumer credit quality generally consumer debt---continued to move lower in the sec improved. Delinquency rates on credit card loans ond half of 20 II. Since peaking in 2008, household moved down in the second half of 2011 to the low end debt has fallen a total of 5 percent. The drop in debt in of the range ohserved in recenl decades. Delinquencies the second half of 2011 reflected a continued contrac and charge-offs on nonrcvolving consumer loans also tion in mortgage debt that was only partially offset by generally improved. Moreover, a majority of respon a mouest expansion in consumer credit. Largely due to dents to the January SLOOS reported that they expect the reduction in overall household debt levels in 2011, further improvement in the quality of credit card and the debt service ratio···lhe aggregate required principal other consumer loans this year. 7. COUStmlCr sentiment indexes_ 1998-2012 8. Household debt servicc. 1984-20 I j Per~~nt (\fdlspo;.abl~ meowe 140 120 IOO 13 80 60 12 40 11 20 77 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 420.57057 g Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [] February 2012 Interest rates on consumer loans held fairly steady, 10. Private housing starts, 1998-2012 on net, in the second half of 2011 and into 2012. Inter est rates on new-auto loans continued to be quite low, Mllhons.ofumts.>ml]l1Jlntte while rates on credit card loans remained stubhornly high. Indeed, spreads of credit card interest rates to the two-year Treasury yield arc very elevated. Consumer asset-backed securities (ABS) issuance in the second half of 2011 was in line with that of the previous 18 months. Securities backed by auto loans 1.0 continued to dominate the market, while issuance of credit card ABS remained weak, as growth of credit .6 card loans has rcmalllcd suhdued and most major banks have chosen to fund such loans on their balance .2 sheets. Yields on ABS and their spreads over comparable-maturity swap rates were little changed, on 1998 200n 2002 200..j. 2006 2008 2010 2012 net, over the second half of 2011 and early 2012 and 11w data are monthly and extend through January 2012. remained in the low range that has prevailed since SOURCE: Departm.::nt of Commerce, Bureau of the Census. early 20]() (figure 9). mortgage insured by one of the housing governrnent sponsoreu enterprises (GSEs)-continue to face diffi Housing A ctil'ity allii Financc culty in ohtaining mortgage fInancing. Moreover, much of the demand that does exist has been chan Activity in the housing sector remains depressed hy neled to the abundant stock of relatively inexpensive, historical standards (ligure 10). Although aftordability vacant single-family houses, thereby limiting the need has been hoosted by declines in house prices and his for new construction activity. Given the magnitude of torically low interest rates for conventional mortgages, the pipeline of delinquent and foreclosed homes, this many potential buyers either lack the dO\vTI payment factor seems likely to continue to weigh on activity for and credit history to qualify for loans or are discour some time. aged by ongoing concerns about future income, Nonetheless, recent indicators of housing construc employment, and the potential for further declines in tion activity have been slightly more encouraging. In house prices. Yet other potential buyers----even those particular, from July 2011 to January 2012, new single with sufficiently good credit records to qualify for a family homes were started at an average annual rate of ahaut 455,000 units, up a bit from the pace in the first 9. Spread::; of asset-backed securities yields over rates on half of 20ll. In the multifamily market, demand l(Jr comparahle-maturity interest rate S\\,[lPS, 2007-12 apartments appears to be increasing and vacancy rates have fallen, as families who are unable or unwilling to purchase homes are renting properties instead. As a result, starts in the multifamily sect or averaged about 201l,OOO units at an annual rate in the second half of 500 Auto 2011, still below the 300,OOO-unit rate that had pre 400 vailed for much of the previous decade but well above the lows recorded in 2009 and early 2010. 300 I-louse prices, as measured by several national indexes, fell further over the second half of 2011 (ligure 11). One such mea",re with wide geographic coverage~ the CoreLogic repeat-sales index ~fel1 at. an annual rate of aboul6 percent in the second half of the year. House prices are being held down by the same factors that are restraining housing construction: the high number of distressed sales, the large inventory of unsold homes, tight mortgage credit conditlons, and lackluster demand. The inventory of unsold homes SOlJRCE: JPlI,'1organ Chase & Co. likely will remain high for some time, given the large 78 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 520.57057 Board (~f Governors (~f the Federal Reserve S-'ystem 9 11. Prices of exh.iing single-family houses, 2001-11 lL Mortgage delinquency rates., 2000-11 !lIdexwll.l.i! ~_ Prime and nc:ar prime 18 JOO 15 -- 12 90 80 70 ._---'- ~ 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 2011 Perc.~:nl Suhprimc: 50 50 --.'-._ 40 30 number of homes that arc already in the foreclosure pipeline or could he entering the pipeline in the coming months. As a resull of the cumulative decline in house prices over the past several years, roughly one in five Interest rates on fixed-rate mortgages fell steadily mortgage holders owe more on their mortgages than during the second half of 2011 and in early 2012 their homes are worth. (ijgure 13), though not as much as Treasury yields, Indicators of credit quality in the residential mort leaving spreads to Treasury securities of comparable gage sector continued to reflect strains on homeowners maturilies wider. The ability of potential horrowers to confronting depressed home values and hi9.:h unem ployment. In December, serious de1inquen~y rates on obtain mortgage credit for purchase transactions or refinancing continued to be limited. In part, the low prime and near-prime loans stood at 5 percent and level of mortgage borrowing reflected characteristics of 13 percent for fixed-and variable-rate loans, respec the would-be borrowers, most prominently the wide tively (figure 12). While delinquencies on variable-rate spread incidence of negative equity and u~employ­ m()rtgages tar hoth prime and suhprime borrowers ment. In addition, credit supply conditions remained have moved down over the past two years, delinquen tight. Indeed, it appeared that some lenders were reluc cies on fixed-rate mortgages have held steady at levels tant to extend mortgages to horrowers with less-than near their peaks in early 20105 Meanwhile, delin pristine credit even when the resulting loans would be quency and charge-ofT rates on second-lien mortgages eligible for purchase or guarantee by GSEs. (, One held by banks also arc at elevated levels, and they have manifestation of this constriction was the fact that the declined only slightly Irom their peaks. distribution of credit scores among borrowers who The numher of properties at some stage of the f'ore succeed in obtaining mortgages had shifted up signif1- closure process remained elevated in 201 L This high cantly (figure 14). As a result of these inlluenccs, the level partly reflected the difliculties that mortgage ser pace of mortgage applications far home purchase Vleers continued to have with resolving det1ciencies in declined, on net, over the second half of 2011 and t heir foreclosure procedures. Resolution of these issues remains very sluggish. The same factors also appear to could eventually be associated with a sustained have limited refinancing activity, which remains sub increase in the pace of completed foreclosures as ser dued compared with the large number of households vicers work through the backlog of severely delinquent loans. 5. A mortgage is defined as seriously delinquent if the borrower is 90 days or more behind in payments or the property is in foreclosure. 79 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 620.57057 10 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress rJ February 2012 13. Mortgage interest rates, 1995-2012 faster than in the first half (figure 15). Much of this strength was recorded in the third quarter. Spending PClcent growth dropped back in the fourth quarter, to 5 per cent, likely reflccting----arnong other influences heightened uncertainty of business owners about global economic and financial conditions. Although spending hy businesses for high-tech equipment has held up reasonably well, outlays for a broad range of other E&S slowed appreciably. More recently, however, indicators of business sentiment and capital spending plans generally have improved, suggesting that firms may be in the process of becoming more willing to undertake new investments. Alter tumbling throughout most of 2009 and 2010, real investment in nonresidential structures other than drilling and mining turned up last spring, rising at a surprisingly hrisk pace in the second and third quarters of 20 II. However, investment dropped back in the fourth quarter. Conditions in the sector remain diffi that would potentially benefit from the low rates avail cult: Vacancy rates are still high, prices of existing able to high-quality borrowers. structures are low, and financing conditions for build The outstanding stock of mortgage-backed securi ers are still tight. Spending on drilling and mining ties (MBS) guaranteed by the GSEs was little changed, on net, over the second half of 2011. The securitization structures also dropped back in the fourth quartel~ but market for mortgage loans not guaranteed by a housing-related GSE or the Federal Housing Adminis 15. Change in real business fixed investment, 2005-11 tration continued to be essentially closed. Percent, annnal rute Structures Tile Business Sector Equipment and software 30 Fixed bll'!!stmellt 20 10 Real spending by busjncsses for equipment and soft ware (E&S) rose at an annual rate of about II percent over the second half of 20 II, a paec that was a bit 10 20 14. Credit scores on new prime mortgages, 2003-11 30 800 780 90th percentile 760 740 40 720 20 700 20 40 SUCRCE: Derailment of Commerce, Bureau of Lconomic Analysis. 80 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 720.57057 Board qf Governors (~f the Federal Reserve S)stem 11 outlays in this category should continue to be sup at a vcry high level, and the aggregate ratio of debt to ported by elevated oil prices and advances in technol assets ····a measure of corporate leverage··· ·staycd low. ogy ie)r horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. With corporate balance sheets in generally healthy shape, credit rating upgrades once again outpaced downgrades, and the bond default rate illr nonfinancial 111l'entm:1' Inl'estment firms remained low. In addition, the delinquency rate on commercial and industrial (C&I) loans at commer Real inventory investment stepped down a bit in the cial banks continued to decline and stood at around second half of 2011 (figure 16). Stockbuilding outside 112 percent at year-end, a level ncar the low end of its of motor vehicles increased at a modest pace, and sur historical rangc. Most banks responding to the January veys suggest that firms are generally comfortahle with SLOOS reported that they expected further improve their own, and their customers', current inventory ments in the credit quality of C&! loans in 2012. positions. In the motor vehicle sectOl~ inventories were Borrowing by nonfinancial corporations continued drawn down in the second halt~ as the rise in sales out at a reasonably robust pace through the second half of paced the rebound in production following the supply 20 II, particularly for larger, higher-credit -quality firms disruptions associated with the earthquake in Japan (figure 17). Issuance of investment-grade bonds pro last spring. gressed at a strong pace, similar to that observed in the first half of the year, buoyed by good corporate credit Corporate ami Bllsilll!ss Fillallce quality, attractive financing conditions, and an improv ing economic outlook. In contrast to higher-grade Operating earnings per share for S&P 500 firms contin bonds, issuance of speculative-grade bonds dropped in ued to rise in the third quarter of 2011, increasing at a the second half of the year as investors' appetite for quarterly rate of nearly 10 percent. Fourth-quarter riskier assets waned. In the market for syndicated earnings reports by 1lrms in the S&l' 500 puhlished loans, investment-grade issuance moved up in the sec~ through late February indicate that this measure has and half of 20 II from its already strong 1lrst-half pace, remained at or ncar ils pre-crisis peaks throughout the while issuance of higher-yielding syndicated leveraged second half of 2011. loans weakened (figure 18). In the corporate sector as a whole, economic profits, C&! loans on banks' books grew steadily over the which had heen rising rapidly since 2008, increased second half of 2011. Banks reportedly competed further in the second half of 2011. This rdatively aggressively for higher-raled credits in the syndica1ed strong profit growth contributed to the continued leveraged loan market, and some nonfinancialllrms robust credit quality of nonfinancial firms in the sec reportedly substituted away from bond financing ond half of 2011. Although the ratio of liquid assets to because of volatility in bond spreads. In addition, total assets on the halance sheets of nonfinancial cor according to the SLOOS, some domestic hanks gained porations edged down in the third quarter, it remained 17. Selected components of net financing for nonfinancial businesses, 2005-1 I 16. Change in real business inventories, 2005-11 Bilhonsofdollufs.lll<..'llthlyratl: Rillton" deh,uned C005) dollars. ilmma! rat<.' Conunercial paper Bonds 80 toO Bank loans 60 50 40 20 50 ]00 20 40 150 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 SOl'RCE: Department of Commerce. Bureau ofEeonomic Analysh. 81 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 820.57057 12 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress fJ February 2012 18. Syndicated loan issuance, by credit quality, 2005-11 Borrowing conditions for smaller businesses contin ued to be tighter than those for larger firms, and their demand f~)r credit remained relatively weak. However, Lcveraged some signs of casing began to emerge. Surveys con Investment grade 900 ducted by the National Federation of Independent 750 Business showed that the net fraction of small busi nesses reporting that credit had become more difficult 600 to obtain relative to the previous three months 450 declined, on halance, during the second half of 20 II 300 (figure 20). Moreover, the January 2012 SLOOS found that terms for smaller borrowers had continued to ease, 150 and about 15 percent of banks, on net, reported that demand for C&1 loans from smaller firms had increased, the highest reading since 2005. Indeed, C&1 loans held by regional and community banks--those not in the 25 largest banks and likely to lend mostly to middle-market and small firms---advanced at about a 6 percent annual rate in the second half of 2011, up from a 21h percent pace in the first half Commercial mortgage debt has continued to decline, albeit at a more moderate pace than during 2010. business from customers that shifted away from Euro Commercial real estate (CRE) loans held on banks' pean banks. Although domestic banks reported little books contracted further in the second half of 2011 change, on net, in leTIl.1ing standards for C&I loans and early 2012, though the runofl appeared to ebb (figure 19), they reduced the spreads on these loans as somewhat in 201 L That slowing is more or kss consis well as the costs of credit lines. Banks that reported tent with recent SLOOS responses, in which moderate having eased their credit standards or terms for C&I net fractions of domestic banks reported that demand loans over the second half of 2011 unanimously cited for such loans had strengthened. In the January survey, increased competition from other banks or nonbank banks also reported that, for the !lrst time since 20t)7, sources of funds as a factor. they had raised the maximum loan size and trimmed 19. Change in standards and demand for commercial and industrial loans. 1991-2012 20. Net percentage of small businesses that reported more dit1iculty in obtaining credit, 1990-2012 P~f~ent 15 \2 Sm'RrE: National Federation ofIndependcnt Busin.:ss. 82 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 920.57057 Board (~r Governors (~f the Federal Reserve J.)~vsteJ11 l3 or spreads of rates on CRE loans over their east funds completely. Delinquency rates on CRE loans in CMBS during the past 12 months, By contrast, life insurance pools held steady just below 10 percent. companies reportedly increased their holdings of CRE In the corporate equity market, gross issuance loans, especially of loans issued to higher-quality bor dropped significantly in the third quarter amid sub rowers. Although delinquency rates on CRE loans at stantial equity market volatility, but it retraced a part commercial banks edged dmvn further in the fourth of that decline in the fourth quarter as some previously quarter, they remained at high levels, especially on withdrawn issues were brought hack to the market. loans for construction and land development; delin Net equity issuance continued to decline in the third quencies on loans held hy life insurance companies quarter, retlecting the continued strength of cash remained extraordinarily low, as they have done for tinanced mergers and share repurchases (figure 22), more than a decade (figure 21). Vacancy rates for most types of commercial properties are still elevated, exert Tile Govemmellt Sector ing downward pressure on property prices and impair ing the performance of CRE loans, GOl'emment Conditions in the market for commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS) worsened somewhat in the The deficit in the federal unified budget remains very second half of the year. Risk spreads on highly rated wide. The budget deficit for fiscal year 2011 was tranches of CMBS moved up, on balance, and about S1.3 trillion, or gYo percent of nominal GDP--·-a level half of the respondents to the December Senior Credit comparable with deficits recorded in 2009 and 2010 Officer Opinion Survey on Dealer Financing Terms but sharply higher than the deficits recorded prior to (SCOOS) indicated that liquidity conditions in the the onset of the financial crisis and recession, The bud markets for such securities had deteriorated somewhat get deJicit continued to be boosted by spending that Issuance of CMBS slowed further, but did not halt was committed by the American Recovery and Rein vestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) and other stimulus policy actions as well as by the weakness of the 21. Delinquency rates on commerclal real estate loans, economy, which has reduced tax revenues and 1991-2012 increased payments for income support. Tax receipts rose 61h percent in 118ca1201 L However, Commercial banks Percent the level of receipts remained very low; indeed, at 20 around 1512 percent of GDp, the ratio of receipts to national income is only slightly above the 60-year lows 15 10 21, Components of net equity iSSUlllCC, 200S-I1 Hllbons of dollars. monthly rate J991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 Pelcem 30 10 30 60 90 83 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 030.57057 14 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [] February 2012 recorded in 2009 and 2010 (tlgure 23). The rise in rev spending that is a direct component of GDP·de enues in tlscal 2011 was the resull or a robust increase creased at an annual rate of about 3 percent in the sec of more than 20 percent in individual income tax pay ond half of 2011, a little less rapidly than in the tirst ments that reflected strong final payments on 2010 half of the year (figure 24). Defense spending fell at an income. Social insurance tax receipts fell about 5 per annual rate of about 4 percent in the second half of the cent in fiscal 2011, held down by the temporary 2 per year, a somewhat sharper pace of decline than in the centage point reduction in payroll taxes enacted in iJrst halt~ while nondefense purchases were unchanged 2010. Corporate taxes also fell around 5 percent in over this period. 2011, wilh the decline largely the result of legislation Federal debt surged in the second half of 2011, aner providing more-favorable tax treatment for some busi the debt ceiling was raised in early August by the Bud ness investment. In the first four months of fiscal 2012, get Control Act of 20117 Standard and Poor's (S&P), total tax receipts increased 4 percent relative to the which had put the U.S. long-term sovereign credit rat comparable year-earlier period. ing on credit watch negative in June, downgraded that Total federal outlays rose 4 percent in fiscal 2011. rating from AAA to AA+ following the passage of the Much of the increase relative to last year is attributable act, citing the risks of a continued rise in federal gov to the earlier unwinding of the effects of financial ernment debt ratios over the medium term and declin transactions, such as the repayments to the Treasury of ing confidence that timely fiscal measures necessary to ohligations for the Troubled Asset Relief Program, place U.S. public finances on a sustainable path would which temporarily lowered measured outlays in fiscal be forthcoming. Other credit rating agencies subse 2010. Excluding these transactions, outlays were up quently posted a negative outlook on their rating of about 2 percent in 2011. This small increase reflects US. sovereign debt, on similar grounds, but did not reductions in hath ARRA spending and unemploy change their credit ratings. These actions do not ment insurance payments as well as a subdued pace of appear to have affected participation in Treasury auc defense and Medicaid spending. By contrast, net inter tions, which continued to be well subscribed. Demand est payments rose sharply, reflecting t he increase in ('or Treasury securities was supported by market par federal debt. Spending has remained restrained in the ticipants' preference for the relative safety and liquidity current fiscal year, with outlays (adjusted to exclude financial transactions) down about 5 percent in the first fenlr months of fisca120 12 relative to the comparable year-earlier period. As measured in the national income and product accounts (NIPA), real federal expenditures on con sumption and gross investment· ··the part of federal Savings Plan. 23. Federal receipts and expenditures, 1991-2011 24. Change in real government expenditures PcrCentofnoIDmalGDP on consumption and investment, 2005-11 26 24 Federal State and local 22 20 18 16 14 2009 2010 2011 SOURCE: Department of Commerce. Bureau of Economic Analy~is. 84 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 130.57057 Board of Governors (~f the Federal Resel'Ve S~vstem 15 of such securities. Bid-to-cover ratios were within his enced a decrease in grants-in-aid from their state torical rangcs, and indicalors of foreign participation government. remained near their recent levels. Federal debt held by Issuance of long-term securities by state and local the public, as a percentage of GDp, continued to rise governments moved up in the second half of 2011 to a in the third quarter, reaching about 6R percent pace similar to that seen in 2009 and 20 10. Issuance (figure 25). had been subdued during the first half of the year, in part because the expiration of the Build America Bonds program led to some shifting of financing from State alltl Local GOl'cmmclIt 2011 into late 2010. Yields on statc and local government securities State and local governments remain under significant declined in the second half of 2011 and into 2012, fiscal strain. Since July, employment in the sector has reaching levels ncar the lower end of their range over declined by an average of 15,000 jobs pcr month, just the past decade, but they fell to a lesser degree than slightly under the pace of job losses recorded f()r the yields on comparable-maturity Treasury securities. The flrst half of 2011. Meanwhile, reductions in real con increase in the ratio of municipal bond yields to Treas struction expenditures ahated after a precipitous drop ury yields likely reflected, in part, continued concern iu the first half of 2011. As measured in the NIPA, real regarding the financial health of state and local govern state and local expenditures on consumption and gross ments. Indeed, credit default swap (CDS) indexes for investment decreased at an annual rate of about 2 per municipal honds rosc, on balance, over the second half cent in the second half of 2011, a somewhat slower of 2011 but have narrowed somewhat in early 2012. pace of decline than in the first half of the year Credit rating downgrades outpaced upgrades in the (figure 24). second half of 2011, particularly in December, follow State and local government revenues appear to have ing the downgrade of a municipal bond guarantor.8 incrcased modestly in 2011. Notably, at the statc level, third-quarter tax revenues rose 5Yz percent over the year-earlier period, with the majority of the states experiencing gains. However, this increase in tax rev The Extemal Sector enues was partly ofrset by a reduction in federal stimu lus grants. Tax collections have been less rohust at the Real exports of goods and services rose at an annual local leveL Property tax receipts have been roughly fiat, rate of 4% percent in the second half of 2011, boosted on net, since the start of 2010 (based on data through by continued growth in overall foreign economic activ the third quarter of 2011), reflecting the downturn in ity and the lagged effect of declines in the foreign home prices. Furthermore, many localities have experi- exchange value of the dollar earlier in the year (figure 26). Exports of aircraft and consumer goods registered some of the largest gains. The increase in 25. Federal govel1111lent debt held by the public, 1960-2011 export demand was concentrated in the emerging mar P"rcentofnOlllmaiGDP ket economies (EMEs), while exports to the euro area declined toward the end of the year. With growth of economic activity in the United 70 States moderate during the second half of 2011, real 60 imports of goods and services rose at only about a 3 percent annual rate, down from about 5 percent in 50 the first half. Import growth was weak across most 40 trading partners in the second half of last yeal~ with the notabk exception of imports from Japan, which 30 grew significantly after dropping sharply in the wake of the March earthquake. 20 Altogether, net exports contributed about ~.:;, per centage point to real GDP growth in the second half of govemmcnt accounts. Sm;RcE: Federal Reserve Board, flow of fuml'> data. 85 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 230.57057 16 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [J February 2012 26. Change in real imports and exports of goods 27. U.S. trade and current account balances, 2003-11 and services_ 2007-11 Perccnt()fnommllilJDP ~lc<.'nt,a!UlUalmte ImpOits EXP0l1S 15 10 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 SOLRCE: J)"partml<nl of Conun.::rcc, Bureau of Economic Analysis. 2011, as export growth outpaced import growth. At an increased in February, though by less than Brent, 1()1- annual rate, the current account ddicit in the third lowing a rdatively rapid rise over the fmal three quarter of 2011 (the latest available data) was $441 bil months of last year. 9 lion, or about 3 percent of nominal GDP, a touch nar After peaking early in 2011, prices of many non-oil rower than the $470 billion deficit recorded in 2010 commodities also moved lower during the remainder (figure 27). of 2011. Despite moving up recently, copper prices Oil prices moved down, on net, over the second half remain well below their early 2011 level. In agricultural of last year. The spot price of West Texas Intermediate markets. corn and wheat prices ended 2011 down (ViTI) crude oil, which jumped to SIlO per barrel last about 20 percent from their relatively high levels at the April after a near-complete shutdown of Libyan oil end of August as global production reached record production, subsequently reversed course and declined lcvds. In early 2012, however, corn prices edged up on sharply to an average of just under $86 per barrel in worries ahout dry growing conditions in South September. The prices of other major benchmark America. crude oils also fell over lhis period, although by less After increasing at an annual rate of 6YS percent in than the spot price of WTI (figure 28). The drop in oil the first half of 2011, prices or non-oil imported goods prices through September likely was prompted by the were flat in the second half Fluctuations in prices of winding down of the conflict in Libya as well as grow imported finished goods (such as consumer goods and ing concern about the strength of global growth as the capit al goods) were moderate. European sovereign debt crisis intensified, particularly toward the end of summer. From September to Janu ary of this year, the price of oil from the North Sea (the Brent benchmark) was essentially !lat as the poten tial implications of increased geopolitical tensions·"" most notahly with Iran-,~ hav\,:': ofTset ongoing concern over the strength of global demand and a faster-than expected rebound in Libyan oil production. In Febru ary; the price of Brent moved higher, both with increasing optimism regarding the outlook for global growth as well as a further heightening of tensions with Iran. The spot price of WTI crude oil also 86 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 330.57057 Board (~f Governors (?f the Federal Reserve ~)~vslem 17 28. Prices of oil and nonfucl commodities, 2007-12 29, Net saving, J991-2011 160 120 140 100 120 &0 100 60 '0 40 L,_'_ _ ~.~~~~L: 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 nonfuel 165,000 jobs per month in the second half of 201 La bit slower than the pace in the first half of the year, but gains in December and January were morc robust, National Saving averaging almosl240,000 per month (figure 30), The unemployment rate, which hovered around 9 percent Total US net national saving-that is, the saving of ftlf much of last year, is estimated to have moved dO\vll U.S. households, businesses, and government.s, net. of noticeably since SepLemht.':r, reaching 8~4 percent in depreciation charges-remains extremely low by his January, the lowest reading in almost three years torical standards (figure 29), After having reached (figure 31), 4 percent of nominal GDP in 2006, net national saving Although the recent decline in the jobless rate is dropped over the subsequent three years, reaching a encouraging, the level of unemployment. remains very low of negative 2 Y:; percent in 2009. Since then, the elevated. In addition, long-duration joblessness contin national saving rate has increased on balance: In the ues to account for an especially large share of the t.otal. third quarter of 2011 (the latest quarter for which data Indeed, in January, 5:;2 million persons among those are available), net. national saving was negative :.:1 per counted as unemployed-about 43 percent of the cent of nominal GDP The recent contour of the sav total~-had been out of work [or morc than six months, ing rate import.antly reflects the pattern of federal bud get deficits, which widened sharply in 2008 and 2009, 30. Net change in private payroll employment, 2005-12 but. have edged down as a share of GDP since then. National saving will likely remain relatively low this year in light of the continuing large federal budget delicit. If low levels of national saving persist over the 400 longer run, they will likely be associated with both low 200 rates of capital formation and heavy borrowing from abroad, limiting the rise in the standard of living of U.S. residents over time. 200 400 600 The Labor Market 800 Employment all/i Ull'ClIi![J/,'I}'I,rlel'lt 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Conditions in the labor market have improved some of Nt/flo:: 'TIK data ar.: monthly and extend du'ough January 2012. latc. Private payroll employment gains averag~d SOl;RCE: Department of Labor. Bureau of Labo!" Statistics. 87 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 430.57057 18 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress rJ February 2012 3 L Civilia11lUlemployment rate, 1978-2012 hour in the nonfarm business sector rose only ~-2 per cent (figure :13). P"1cent Increases in hourly compensation remained suhdued in 2011, restrained by the wide margin of labor market 12 slack (figure 34). The employment cost index, which measures both wages and the cost to employers of pro 10 viding benefits, fl1r private industry rose just 2~ per cent in nominal terms in 2011. Nominal compensation per hour in the nonfarm business sector .. ·-derived from the labor compensation data in the NIP!\---is esti mated to have increased only 1% percent in 2011, well below the average gain of about 4 percent in the years before the recession. Adjusted for the rise in consumer prices, hourly compensation was roughly unchanged in 2011. Unit labor costs rose 1 ~ percent in 2011, as the rise in nominal hourly compensation outpaced that of labor productivity in the nonfarm business sector. In 2010, unit lahor costs fell almost 1 percent. l1gurcs that were only a little below record levels (figure 32). Moreover, the number of individuals who arc working part time for economic reasons-~~,another Prices indicator of the undcrutilization of labor, ,remained roughly twice its pre-recession value. Con:mmer price inflation stepped down in t he 3se,"c ond half of 201 L After rising at an annual rate of per cent in the first half of the year, the overall peE chain Pl'lulllctil'ity ll1ul Labo!' Compellsatiol/ type price index increased just 1: 12 percent in the sec ond half ([igure 35). PCE prices excluding food and Labor productivity growth slowed last year. Productiv energy also decelerated in the second half of 2011, ris ity had risen rapidly in 2009 and 20 I 0 as firms strove to ing at an annual rate of about 11;2 percent, compared cut costs in an environment of severe economic stress. with roughly 2 percent in the first half The recent con In 2011, however, with operations leaner and work tour of consumer price intlation has reflected move forces stretched thin, firms needed to add labor inputs ments in global commodity prices, which rose sharply to achieve the desired output gain~ and output per 33. Change in output per hour, 1948-2011 32. Long-term unemployed, 1978-2012 Percent. mmulli rdte Percent --- 6 50 40 30 20 10 Nonfatm business sector. Change for each multiyear period is measured to the founh quarter of th" final year of the period from the fourth qU31ter of the year immediately preceding the period. SOlTRCE: Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. 88 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 530.57057 Board (~r Governors (~r the Federal Reserve S~vstem 19 34. Measures of change in hourly compensation, ahly mild temperatures and increases in supply from 2001-11 new domestic wens helped boost inventories above typicallcvels, All told, the overall index of consumer Pe,cent energy prices edged lower during the second half of 2011, compared with an increase of almost 30 percent in the first half of the year. Consumer prices for food and beverages exhibited a similar pattern as that of energy prices. Prices for farm commodities rose briskly early last year, reflecting the combination of poor harvests in several countries that are major producers along with the emerging recovery in the global economy. These commodity price increases fed through to higher consumer prices for meats and a wide range of other more-processed foods. With the downturn in farm commodity prices late in the summer, the index of consumer food prices rose at an annual rate of just 3% percent in the second half of index 2011 after increasing 6:;' percent in the first half quarter. Prices-for consumer goods and services other than n in o s n ti f t a u n ti n o n b s u , s a in n e d s s h o se u c < t ; o eh r o p l l d u s s . n 'Il o l. n ~ p s r e o c f l it o i r n c st o it v u e ti r o d n s b . y energy and food have also slowed, on net, in recent SOt'Rt'E: Department of Labor, Bureau ofLahor Statistics. months. Core PCE prices had been boosted in the spring and summer of 2011 by a number of transitory factors, including the pass-through of the first-half early in 2011 but have moved lower during the second surge in prices of raw commodities and other imported half of the year. Information from the consumer price goods and a boost to motor vehicle prices that index and other sources suggests that inflation stemmed from supply shortages following the earth remained suhdued through January 2012, although quake in Japan. As the impulse from these factors energy prices have turned up more recently. faded, core PCE price inflation stepped down so that, The index of consumer energy prices, which surged for 2011 as a whole, core PCE price inflation was just in the !lrst half of 2011, fell back in the second half of 1% percent. the year. The contour mainly rel1ected the rise and sub Survey-based measures of near-term inflation expec sequent reversal in the price of crude oil; however, tations are down since the middle of 2011. Median gasoline prices started to rise again in February follow year-ahead inflation expectations as reported in the ing a recent upturn in crude oil prices. Consumer natu Thomson Reuters/University of Michigan Surveys of ral gas prices also feU at the end of 2011, as unseaSOll- Consumers (Michigan survey), which had risen sharply earlier in the year reflecting the run-up in energy and 35. Change in the chain-type price index for personal leJOd prices, subsequently fell back as those prices consumption expenditures, 2005-11 decelerated (figure 36). Longer-term expectations have remained generally stable. In the Michigan survey, the P~rC~!lt.arumalrate intlation rate expected over the next 5 to 10 years was Total Excluding food and energy 2.9 perc~nt in Fehruary~ within the range that has pre vailed over the past 10 years; in the Survey of Proles HI sional Forecasters, conducted hy the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, expectations for the increase in the price index for PCE over the next 10 years remained at 2~!i percent, in the middle of its recent range. Measures of inl1ation compensation derived from yields on nominal and inflation-indexed Treasury secu rities declined early in the second half of 2011 at both medium-term and longer-term horizons, likely refl~ct­ ing a worsening in the economic outlook and the SOCRCE: Department of Commerce. Bureim of Economic AIlaly~is. 89 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 630.57057 20 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress I-J February 2012 36. Median inilatioll expectations, 2001-12 37. Inflation compensation, 2006--] 2 P~IC~HI }.<cxt 12 month'l 5 to 10 years ahead 2007 200S 2009 2010 2011 2012 The dala are daily ami extend tlu'ough Febmary 24. 2012. Inflation compensation is: the diH;;rencc bel\veen yic1d~ on nominal Treasury securities and Treasury inflation~protcetcd securities (TIPS) of eomparabk maturitks. based on yield cmves fitted by Federal Reserve staff to off-the-run nominal intensification of the European fiscal crisis. More off-the-nm TIPS. The 5~ycar measure is recently, inflation compensation estimates over the next York: Barclays: Federal Resolve five years have edged back up, apparently reflecting investors' more optimistic econornic outlook, and is about unchanged, on net, for the period. However, the forward measure of five-year inflation compensation five years ahead remains about 55 basis points below its level in the middle of last year (ligure 37). werc little changed, although they exhihited unusually high volatility. Partially rellecting additional monetary Financial UevelOplrnents policy accommodation, Treasury yields moved down significantly. Similarly, investors pushed out the date at which they expect the federal funds rate to rise ahove In light of the disappointing pace of progress toward its current target range, and they are currently antici meeting its statutory mandate to promote maximum pating a mor~ gradual pace of increase in the funds employment and price stability, the Federal Open Mar rate following liftoffthan they did last July. ket Committee (FOMe) took a number of steps to provide additional monetary policy accommodation during the second half of 2011 and early 2012. These steps included increasing the average maturity of the Federal Reserve'5 securities holdings, shifting the reinvestment of principal payments on agency securi ties from Treasury securities to agency-guaranteed In response to the steps taken by the FOMC to MBS, and strengthening the forward rate guidance strengthen its forward guidance and provide additional included in postmecting statements. support to the economic recovery, market participants Financial markets were butTeted over the second half pushed out further the date when they expect the fed of 2011 and in early 2012 by changes in investors' eral funds rate to first rise above its current target assessments of the ongoing European crisis as well as range of 0 to y, percent and scaled back their expecta in their evaluat.ion of the U.S. economic outlook. As a tions of the pace at which monetary policy accommo result, developments in financial market conditions dation will be removed. On balance, quotes on over have been mixed since July. Unsecurcd dollar funding night index swap (OlS) contracts, as of late February, markets, particularly f()[ European institutions, imply that investors anticipatc the federal funds rate became significantly strained, though domestic finan will rise ahove its current target range in the fourth cial finns generally maintained ready access to short quarter of 2013, about four quarters later than the term unsecured funding. Corporate bond spreads date implied in July. Investors expect, on average, that remained elevated, on net, while broad equity prices the effective federal funds rate will be about 70 basis 90 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 730.57057 Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve S~VS{e111 21 points by late 2014, roughly 165 basis points lower nor the failure of the Joint Select Committee on De1icit than anticipated in mid-201].1O Reduct.ion to reach an agreement in November Yields on nominal Treasury securities declined sig appeared to leave a permanent imprint on the Treasury nificantly over the second half of 2011 (l1gure }8). The market. Uncertainty about longer-term interest rates, bulk of this decline oceurred in late July and August, as measured by the implied volatility on Ill-year Treas in part reflecting weaker-than-anticipated U.S. eco ury securities, moved sideways through most of the nomic data and increased investor demand for the rela second half of 20 II and then declined late in the year tive safety and liquidity of Treasury securities amid an and into 2012, reflecting improved sentiment in finan intensiflcation of concerns about the situation in cial markets following a number of policy actions hy Europe. Following (he FOMC announcement of the central banks and some signs of slrengthening in the maturity extension program (MEP) at its September pace of economic recovery. meeting, yields on longer-dated Treasury securities Measures of market functioning suggest that the declined further, while yields on shorter-dated securi Treasury market has continued to operate smoothly ties helJ steady at very low levels.1l On net, yields on since mid-20l1 despite the S&P downgrade in August. 2-, 5-, and 10-year Treasury notes have declined Bid~asked spreads for most Treasury securities were roughly 10, 65, and 110 basis points from their levels in roughly unchanged, though they have widened a bit, mid-20l1, respectively. The yield on the 30-year bond on net, for the 30-year bond since August. Dealer has dropped about 120 basis points. Though liquidity transaction volumes have remained within historically and functioning in money markets deteriorated nota normal ranges. hly for several days at the height of the debt ceiling debate last summer, neither the downgrade of the US. long-term sovereign credit rating by S&P in August Short-Term FUllding Markets Conditions in unsecured short-term dollar funding 10. Wh~n interest rates are dose to ZCl'f), determining the p',int at markets deteriorated, on net, over the second half of which financial market quotcs indicate that the federal funds ratc will movc ahove its current range C<'1n be complic..'1kd. The path dcscribed 2011 and in early 2012 amid elevated anxiety about the in thc text is t11C mean of a distribution c..'llculated frnm OIS rates. crisis in Europe and its implications [or European Altcrnatively. one C~ln usc similar derivatives to calculate tht;) most firms and their counterparties. Funding costs increased and tenors shortened dramatically for European insti tutions throughout the third and into the fourth quar t.er. Funding pressures eased somewhat late in the year end of 2015. following the European Central Bank's (ECB) first 11. As of Pebruary 24. the Open Market Desk had sold injection of cum liquidity via a three-year refinancing $223 billi(lIl in shorter-term Treasury securities and purchased operation and the reduction of the price of U.S. dollar $211 billion in longer-term Trcasury securities. liquidity of Ie red by the ECB and other central hanks; 38. Interest rates on Treasurv secmities at selected they subsequently eased further j()llowing the passage maturities,21l04-12 . of year-end. On halance, spreads of London interbank offered rates (LIBOR) over comparable-maturity OIS ---------------------------- Percent rates,,· ·a measure of stress in short-term hank funding markets~-have widened considerably since July, par ticularly for tenors beyond one month, though they have moved down since late last year. Indeed, through out much of the third and fourth quarters, many Euro pean institutions were reportedly unable to obtain unsecured dollar funding at tenors heyond one week. Additionally, more-forward-Iooking measures of inter bank funding costs---such as the spread between a three-month forward rate agreement and the rate on an OIS contract three to six months ahead-moved up considerably in the second half of 2011 and have only partially retraced in 2012 (Jigure 39). Despite the pres :.J"OTE: sures faced by European financial institutions, U.S. llrms generally maintained ready access to short-term 91 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 830.57057 22 Monelary Policy Report 10 the Congress I-J February 2012 unsecured funding markets. Against a backdrop of 40. Commercial papcr spreads, 2007-12 solid deposit growth and modest expansion in bank credit across the industry, most domestic banks report edly had limited need for unsecured funding. ,\2,'P2-rated 450 Pressures were also evident in the commercial paper nonfinancial 400 (CP) market. Issuance in the United States of unse 350 cured financial CP and negotiable certificates of 300 deposit by entities with European parents declined sig 250 niJicantly in the second half of 2011. By contrast, the 200 pace of issuance by U.S. firms edged down only 150 slightly, on net, over the period. On balance, spreads of rates on unsecured A2/P2 commercial paper over 100 equivalent maturity AA-ratcd nonfinancial CP rose a bit for both overnight and 30-day tenors. AA-rated asset-hacked CP spreads increased more notably over thc second half of 2011 but largely retraced following year-end (figure 40). and are In contrast 10 unsecured dollar funding markets, signs of stress were largely absent in secured short term dollar funding markets. For example, in the mar ket for repurchase agreements (repos), bid-asked concerns became more evident. Respondents to the spreads for most collateral types were little changed. In SCOOS in both S"ptember and December noted a addition, despite a seasonal dip around year-end, vol continued increase in demand for funding across col umes in the triparty repo market were largely stable on laleral types but reported a general tightening in credit balance. That said, the composition of collateral terms under which several securities types are financed. pledged in the repo market moved further away from Tn addition. market participants reportedly became equities and fixed-income collateral that is not eligible wmewhat less willing to fund riskier collateral types at for open market operations, shifting even more heavily longer tenors as year-end approached. However, year toward Treasury and agency securities as counterparty end pressures remained muted overall, with few signs of dislocations in either secured or unsecured short 39. LIBOR minus ovemight index swap rate, 2007-12 term markets, and conditions in term funding markets have improved in early 2012. Money market funds, a major provider of funds 10 - 350 short-term funding markets such as those for CP and 300 fL)f repo, experienced signifIcant outflows across fund categories in July, as investors' focus turned to the 250 deteriorating situation in Europ~ and to th~ debt ceil 200 ing debate in 1he United S1a1e& Those outtlows largely 150 shifted to hank deposits, resulting in significant pres sure on the regulatory leverage ratios of a few large 100 banks. However, investments in money market funds 50 rose, on net, over the remainder of 201 I, \\-ith the com position of those increases reflecting the general tone of increased risk aversion, as government-only funds faced notable inflows while prime funds experienced steady outflows. Finallcial IIlStitUtiOlls Market sentiment toward the banking industry declined rapidly early in the second half of 2011 as 92 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 930.57057 Board (~r Governors (~f the Federal Reserve /))Istem 23 investors turned their focus on exposures to European 42. Spreads on credit default swaps for selected sovereigns and financial institutions and on the pos U.S. banking organizations, 2007-12 sible spillover ctTects of the European crisis. Some large U.S. institutions also remained significantly exposed to legal risks stemming from their mortgage 400 banking operations and foreclosure practices. 12 More 350 recently, however, investor sentiment has improved somewhat following the actions of central banks and incoming data suggesting a somewhat hetler economic outlook in the United States. On balance, equity prices j()f banking organizations (figure 41) have completely retraced their declines from last summer, while CDS spreads (figure 42)--which reflect investors' assess ments of and willingness to bear the risk that these institutions will default on their deht ohligations··~·have declined from their peaks reached in the fall, but not all the way back to mid-20 II levels. Measures of bank profitability edged up, on net, in recent quarters but remained well below the levels that prevailed before the financial crisis began (figure 43). Although proflts at the largest institutions were sup ported over that period by reductions in noninteres1 norms, and a few banks booked large reserves for liti expenses, net interest margins remained very low, capi gation risks associated with their mortgage portfolios. tal markets revenues were subdued, loan loss provi Indicators of credit quality at commercial hanks sions are still somewhat elevated relative to pre-crisis continued to show signs of improvement. Aggregate delinquency and charge-otr rates moved down, though they remained quite elevated on residential mortgages and both residential and commercial construction 12. {)n FebnJary 9, it was announced that the federal govemmcnt loans. Loss provisioning has leveled out in recent quar ters near the upper end of its pre-crisis range. None theless, in the January SLOOS, a large fraction of the respondents indicated that they expect credit quality to improve over the next 12 months f()r most major loan lawsuits. 43. Profitability of bunk holding companies, 1998-2011 41. Equity price index for banks, 2009-12 Percentanml"lrate P~rcent.mmuallate ______________ Jrmllilly2,200()=IOO 25 120 1.5 20 110 1.0 IS IOn 10 .5 90 80 70 .5 - 60 10 1.0 IS 50 20 40 1.5 25 30 Statements for Bank Holding Companies. 93 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 040.57057 24 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress I~ February 2012 Financial aHhe federal Reserve ;\ significant aspf'ct of the macroprudential is the heightened focus on entities or finanda! distress could result in outsized destabilizing effects on the fest of thf' resent. crisis, Underthe Dodd-hank Act, the Federal financial stability policy tended to b~' overshad is responsible forthe supclvision of all sys owed by monetary policy, which had corne 10 be temically important financial institutions (Sins), viewed as the principal function of central banks. which includp both bank holding companies HOWCVN, in the aftermath ufthe financial crisis, designated by the' financial stability policy has taken on prentern,·onl;- impo!1ant. Even beforf> the ncnce and an equally the ~pderal Reserve critical banks. As such, the ff'd0ra! Reselve has mad", significant organiLational changes and tah~n oth,,'r actions to improve its ability to understand and address systemic risk. In addition, its statutOlY role in maintaining financial stability has been expafl(if~d by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Refonn and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd Frank Act). Onp of the Dodd -Frank Act is its macrc'Dn)(le nllal orientation, ilS reflected in many LIp to help in of the provisions to be the Fedpral the ovprsight of systpmica!1y impO!1ant financial Reserve and macro- market utili! ies. prudential approach to and supervision The Federal ReSPTVe has also established the still pays clost" attention to the safety and sound omce of financial Stability Policy and Research ness of individual financial institutions, but it also (OFS) to hplp the Federal Reserve rnore pffectively takes into account the linkages among those enti rnonitor the financial and develop policies tips and tlw condition of the financial sys{prn as a HIP OfS's function is to whole. 1'0 implement the macroprudenLial Dodd-Frank Act established tht" nlll,It;"P"'WV financial Stability Ovprsight Council is tasked vvith promoting a more a m,,,,,,,,h,,",,;,,>, monitoring and l11itl- context. In addition, the' Federal Reserve works wilh Federal ResPlve is one of other u.s. agpncies and international bodies on a rsoc range of issues to strengthen the financial system. categories if economic activity progresses in line with tile, also grew rapidly over that period as did holdings consensus forecasts. of agency MBS. Consumer loans held by banks edged Credit provided by domeslic banks-the sum of up in the third and fourth quarters. Those increases loans and securities-increased moderately in the sec ofrset ongoing declines in commercial real estate and ond half of 2011, its first such rise since the first half of home equity loans, both of which remained very weak. 2008. Bank credit grew as holdings of agency MilS Regulators continued to take steps to strengthen expanded steadily and most major loan categories their oversight of the financial industry. In particular, a exhibited improvement in the second half of the year. variety of measures mandated hy the Dodd·-Frank The expansion was consistent with recent SLOOS Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of responses indicating that lending standards and loan 20lO arc being, or are soon to be, implemented, includ terms eased somewhat and that demand for loans from ing enhanced capital and liquidity requirements [or businesses and households increased, on net, in the large banking organizations, annual stress testing, second half of 2011. In particular, C&l loans showed additional risk-management requirements, and the persistent and considerable strength over the second development of early remediation plans (sec the box half of 2011 and into early 2012. Loans to nonbank "Financial Stability at the Federal Reserw"). As part financial institutions, a category that tends to be vola- of those efrorts, the Federal Reserve began annual 94 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 140.57057 Board (~f Governors (~r the Federal Reserve S)!stem 25 SystfOrnic financia! risks can take severa! forms. Some risks can be described as structural in nature lwcause they are associated with structural features Resetve of financial markets and thus are largely dimension of financial r('gu!ation. It is also working dent of economic conditions; thE-se indudf', with its regulatory counterparts to improve the example, the by a sin whose failun~ can quality and timdiness of financial data. haw' outsiLecl thf' financial orthe The Federal R('serve is likewise degree to which to address cyclical systemic risks. susceptibk,to it routinely monitors a number of iterns-in bf' elescribf'd and example, asset valuiltions and cr('elit growth that arise in buoyant economic times but can unwind in destabilizing ways should condi- both types of risk is critical in monitoring of systemic risk and thp forrnulation of appropriate macroprudcntial policy the balance sheets of the finns and provide a COnl of how the finns' likely evolw over a under advPrse economic and Meanwhile, etforts are under way to (-"valuate and develop new macroprudential tools that could help limit future buildups of cycli cal systemic risk, In the Federa! Reselve has taken a risk. reviews of the capital plans for u.s. hank holding com (figure 44).13 In addition, survey respondents reported panies with total consolidated assets of S50 billion or that they had reduced aggregate credit limits for cer more under its Comprehensive Capital Analysis and tain specillc institutions, Investors appeared to he par Review program. Going into those reviews, reported ticularly concerned ahout the stability of fimding in regulatory capital ratios of u.s. banking institutions the event of financial market stress hecause most dealer generally remained at historically high levels over the firms are highly reliant on short-term secured funding. second half of 20 II. Respondents to the December SCOOS reported a Concerns ahout the condition of European tInancial broad but moderate tightening of credit terms appli institutions, coupled with periods of heightened atten cable to important classes of counterparties over the tion paid to U.S. securities dealers, raised investor anxi previous three months. This tightening was especially ety regarding counterparty exposure to dealers during evident for hedge fund clients and trading real estate the second half of 2011. Indeed, responses to the December SCOOS suggested that dealers devoted increased time and attention to the management of concentrated credit exposures to dealers and other financial intermediaries over the previous three months 95 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 240.57057 26 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress fl February 2012 44. Net percentage of dealers reporting increased attention 45. Net percentage of dealers reporting a tightening to exposmc to other uealers, 2010-11 of price tenus, by countelvarties, 2010-11 P"1cent 30 80 20 10 60 10 20 30 investment trusts (figure 45).14 The iustitutions that transactions with such clients, had decreased reported having tightened credit terms pointed to a somewhat. worsening in general market liquidity and functioning and a reduced willingness to take on risk as the most Corporate Debt and Equity Markets important reasons for doing so. Indeed, for each type of collateral covered in the survey, notable net frac On net since July of last year, yields on investment tions of respondents reported that liquidity and func grade corporate bonds have declined notably, while tioning in the underlying asset market had deteriorated those on speculative-grade corporate debt posted over the previous three months. Dealers reported that mixed changes. However, reflecting a decline in inves the demand for funding most types of securities con tor risk-taking amid concerns about the European situ tinued to increase over the previous three months, par ation and heightened volatility in flnancial markets, ticularly the demand ror term runding with a maturity spreads of these yields to those on comparable greater than 30 days, which increased tl1r all security maturity Treasury securities widened notably in the types. third quarter and have only partly retraced since that Net investment flows to hedge funds in the third and time (figure 46). In the secondary market for leveraged fourth quarters ,vere reportedly significantly smaller loans, the average bid price dropped in line with the than in the first hall' of the year as hedge funds mark prices of other risk assets in August but has recovered edly underperformed the broader market in 2011. since then, as institutional invcstors--which include Information from a variety of sources suggests that the collateralized loan obligations, p~nsion funds, insur use of dealer-intermediated leverage has declined, on ance companies and other funds investing in fixed balance, since mid-20ll. Indeed, while the use of income instruments·. . --have reportedly continued to dea1cr-intcrmeuiated leverage was roughly unchanged exhibit strong appetites for higher-yielding leveraged for most types of counterparties according to Septem loans against a backdrop of little new supply of such her and Decemher SCOOS respondents, about hall' of loans (figure 47). Liquidity in that market has recov those surveyed indicated that hedge funds use of ered recently after a sharp deterioration during the flnancialleverage, considering the entire range of summeL Broad equity prices arc about unchanged, on bal assets backed by ance, since mid-20 11 but exhibited an unusually high level of volatility (figure 48). Equity markets fell 96 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 340.57057 Board (~r Governors (~f the Federal Reserve S):stem 27 46. Spreads of corporate bond yield:;;: ov~r.comp~able 48. Stock price index, 1995-2012 off:'thc-nm Treasury yields, hy secuntlcs ratmg, 1997-2012 JiUluiiry:l.2OD$ 100 _______________ P~rc~ntilgepOlnts 140 18 120 16 '" 100 .- 12 10 80 60 40 from smoothed corporatt: yield curves using Menill ramped up in the third quarter of 2011 but has since reversed much of that rise (1]gure 49). Amid heightened stock market volatility over the course of the second half of 2011, equity mutual funds sharply in late July and early August in response to experienced sizable outflows. Loan funds, which invest concerns about the European crisis, the U.S. debt ceil primarily in LIBOR -based syndicated leveraged loans, ing debate, and a possible slowdown in global growth. also experienced outflows as retail investors responded Equity prices roughly retraced these losses during the to loan price changes following indications that the fourth quarter of 2011 and early 2012, reflecting some Federal Reserve would keep interest rates lower for what better-than-expected economic data in the United longer than previously anticipated. With declining States as well as actions taken by major central banks yields on fixed-income securities boosting the perfor to mitigate the financial strains in Europe. Nonetheless, mance of bond mutual funds, these funds, including equity ~xices have remained highly sensitive to news speculative-grade and municipal bond funds, attracted regarding developments in Europe. Implied volatility net inflows (figure 50). fcw the S&P 500 index, calculated from option prices, 49. Implied S&P 500 volatility, 1995-2012 47. Secondary-market bid prices for syndicated loans, 2007-12 . Pelc~nt Percentofpal\'alue 80 70 100 60 90 50 80 40 70 30 20 60 10 50 NOTE: The data are dailY and extend through Fcbtuary 24-, 2012. SOURCE: LST A/TI10ms~n Reuters ?vlark-to-:~\ilarkel Pricing. 97 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 440.57057 28 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [J February 2012 50. Net nows into mutual flUlds. 2006-11 51. M2 growth rate, 2005-11 120 --- 14 H2 90 12 60 10 30 III 30 60 90 '----: L' _ '---_'--cc~ 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 20ll The d.1-ta exclude reinvested dividends and are not seasonally NUT1I: i'm'oonru",,,, 0> SOl'RCE: Investment Company Institute. l\Jeasures." onshore. Indeed, liquid deposits, the single largest component of M2, grew at an annual rate of 20 per cent in the second half of 2011.16 The currency compo nent of the money stock grew at an annual rate of The M2 monetary aggregate expanded at an annual 7 percent over the second half of 2011, a bit faster rate of ahout 12 percent over the second half of 2011 than the historical average but a slower pace than in (figure 51)15 The rapid growth in M2 appears to bethe the lirst half of the year. The monetary base--which is result of increased demand for safe and liquid assets equal to the sum of currency in circulation and the due to concerns about the European situation, com reserve balances of depository institutions held at the hined with a very low level of interest rates on alterna Federal Reserve--expanded at an annual rate of tive short-term investments. In addition, a number of 3% percent in the second half of the year, as the rise in regulatory changcs have likely boosted M2 of late. In currency more than offset a slight decrease in reserve particular, unlimited insurance by the Federal Deposit halances.17 Insurance Corporation (FDIC) of onshore non The size of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet interest-bearing deposits has made these deposits remained at a historically high level throughout the increasingly attractive at tlmcs of heightened volatility second half of 2011 and into early 2012, and stood at and uncertainty in ilnancial markets. In addition, the about $2.9 trillion as of February 22. The small rise of change in the FDIC assessment hase in April 201 I about $61 billion since July largely reflected increases added deposits in domestic banks' otIshore olIices, in temporary U.S. dollar liquidity swap balances with eliminating some of the benefits to banks of booking the ECB, which were partially offset hy a decline in deposits ahroad and apparently leading, in some cases, securities holdings (table 1). Holdings of US, Treasury to a decision to rchook some of these deposits securities grew $32 billion over the second half of 2011, as the proceeds from paydo\vns of agency dt:bt and agency MRS were reinves1ed in longer-term Treas ury sccuritit:s until the FOMC decision in September tn switch the reinvestment of those proceeds to agency MBS; total holdings of MBS declined into the fall. The subsequent small increase in MBS holdings reflects the 98 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 540.57057 Board 0/ Go·vernors (~r the Federal Reserve ,--\vslem 29 1. Selected components of the f'ederal Reserve balance sh~et, 201 0-l2 M11lionsofdc·llars reinvestment of maturing agency debt into MBS. from the Maiden Lane II porttolio in early 2012 Agency debt declined about $14 billion over the entire through two competitive processes conducted by the period. The composition of Treasury holdings also FRBNY's investment manager.lll changed over this period as a result of the implementa Use of regular discount \vindow lending t'.:'1cilitles, tion of the MIlE As of February 24, 2012, the Open such as the primary credit facility, continued to be Market Desk at the Federal Reserve Bank of New minimaL Loans outstanding under the Term Asset York (FRBNY) had purchased $211 billion in Treas Backed Securities Loan Facility declined and stood ury securities with remaining maturities of 6 to just below $8 billion in late February. 30 years and sold $223 billion in Treasury securities On November 30, 20 II, in order to ease strains in with maturities of 3 years or less. global Jinaneial markets and thereby mitigate the In the second half of 2011 and early 2012, the Fed efleets of such strains on the supply of credit to U.S. eral Reserve reduced some of its exposure to lending households and businesses, the Federal Reserve facilities estahlished during the financial crisis to sup announced coordinated actions with other central port specific institutions. The portfolio holdings of banks to enhance their capacity to provide liquidity Maiden Lane LLC, Maiden Lane II LLC, and Maiden Lane III LLC-entities that were created during the crisis to acquire certain assets from the Bear Stearns 18. On January 19. 2012. the f'RBNY announced the s.'11e ()f assets with a face amount of $7.0 billion from the Maiden Lane II LLC Companies, Inc., and American International Group, 2012, the Inc., or AIG, to avoid the disorderly failures of those institutions-declined, on net, primarily as a result of asset sales and principal payments. Of note, the FRBNY sold assets with a face amount of S13 billion 99 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 640.57057 30 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress rJ February 2012 support to the global financial system19 The FOMC 52, V,S, dollar nominal exchange rate, broad index, authorized an extension of the existing temporary 2007-12 U.S. dollar liquidity swap arrangements through Feb f)~cemb"'r'1,2007-100 ruary 1, 2013, and the rate on these swap arrangements was reduced from the U.S. dollar OIS rate plus 120 100 basis points to the OIS rate plus 50 basis points. The lower cost spurred increased usc of those swap 115 lines; the outstanding amount of dollars provided through the ~'wap lines rose from zero in July to 110 roughly $1O~ billion in late February. 105 On the liability side of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet, reserve balances held by depository institutions 100 declined roughly S4() billion in the second half of 2011 and early 2012 while Federal Reserve noies in circula 95 tion increased roughly S57 billion. The Federal Reserve conducted a series of small-scale reverse repurchase transactions involving all eligible collateral types and its expanded list of counterparties. The Federal Reserve also continued to offer small-value term depos its through the Term Deposit Facility. In July of last year, the Treasury reduced the balance of its Supple Exchange Rates." mentary [<'inancing Account at the Federal Reserve from $5 billion to zero. ticipants became increasingly pessimistic about the International Ucvelop:rnents situation in Europe. Safe-haven nows buoyed the yen and the Swiss franc, and in response, the Bank of Japan and the Swiss National Bank separately inter Tn the second half of the year, financial market devcI vened to counter further appreciation of their curren opments abroad were heavily influenced by concerns cies (figure 53), ahout the heightened fiscal stresses in Europe and the On net in the second half of the year, government resultant risks to the global economic outlook. Foreign bond yields for Canada, Germany, and the United real GDP growth stepped up in the third quarter, as Kingdom fell over 100 basis points to record lows, Japan rebounded from the elTects of its March earth quake and tsunami, leading to an easing of supply chain disruptions. In contrast, recent data indicate that 53. U.S. doUar exchange rate against selected major foreign economic grmvth slowed in the fourth quarter, currencies, 20l0~12 as activity in the euro area appears to have contracted 31.Z0{)"-lOO and as flooding in Thailand weighed on growth in sev eral economics in Asia. International Finallcial Markets The foreign exchange value of the dollar has risen since July about 31/: percent on a trade-weighted basis against a broad set of currencies (figure 52). Most of the appreciation occurred in September as market par- 100 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 740.57057 Board qf Governors of the Federal Reserve /)~vstem 31 54. Yields on bcnchmark govemment bonds in selected 56. Equity indexes in sclected advanced foreign economies, advanced forcign cwy{"omies, 2009-12 2009-12 ______________- --"'Jw":,,":3"':,'D.2009·-100 150 Jan. Apr. July Oct. Jan 2011 2012 honds, are daily. The last SOCRCE: Bloomhcrg. driven by safe-haven flows as well as a deteriorating global outlook (figure 54). By contrast, sovereign bond spreads for Greece rose st.eeply, and Spanish and Ital (figure 5()). Those equity markets remained quite vola ian sovereign spreads over German bunds also tile but largely depressed through early December, increased (figure 55). Prices of other risky assets were when market sentiment seemed t.o take a more con very volatile over the period as market part.icipants certed turn lor the better. Although most AFE equity reacted to news about the crisis. (See the box "'An indexes remain below their mid-summer levels, they Update on t.he European Fiscal Crisis. ") have risen markedly in the past two months. Emerging As sovereign funding pressures spread t.o I taly and markets equity prices followed a path similar to those Spain in July and August and as concerns also in the AFEs (ligure 57). Emerging markets bond and mounted regarding U.S. fiscal policy and the durability equity funds experienced large out11ows during periods of the global recovery, equity prices in the advanced foreign economies (AFEs) generally plunged 57. Aggregate equity indexes for emerging market economies, 2009-12 55. Govemmcnt debt spreads for peripheral European economics, 2009-12 Pe)cenl 160 - 32 145 Gre-oce 28 130 115 ]00 85 101 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 840.57057 32 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress rJ February 2012 An on the European fiscal Crisis The European fiscal crisis intensifif>d in the spcond half of 2011, as concerns overfisca! spread to additional Belgium/ and rrance. Europc>an ieadprs rc>sponded to these devplop ments with a number of policy measures. In amid 1he growing realization that n0,pd funher financial assistanCf~, [LJ and IMr-offi dais announced plans for a second rescue pack region's financial backstop, ag(~, induding a call for limited reduction in the and address liquidity sholtages for banks. On bal- value of the df'1l1 held In Feb- mark(~t conditions have somewhat but a possible the adequacy of dw financial backstop for othervulrl(>rabh~ f'co!10mips have kept yif'lds on debt elevated and funding for Europpan limited. its creditors are nnw working to put in place the 1h e crisis began in smaller euro-area countries and the new official- with high fiscal deficits or debt and vulnerable debt amotti- banking systems. In 2010 and the first half of 2011, eo\'err.m,,,,ts in Greece, Ireland, and Portugal suf- reduced access to market funding and required financial assistance from tlw European Union ([U) and the International Monetary fund Olvlr). nomic growth rl'<.mn.n',,'orl political commitment to fiscal consolidation, and caUs for the debt rattled investor confidence. of financial conditions led to twightened political tel1- siclfls in vulnprable economies, contributing to in Greece, haly, and Spain later Financial stresses spread quickly to European banks with exposures to Italy, Spain, and the othen/ulr'er<".ble economies, and access to funding became limited for all but the shortest maturities and strongest institutions. In turn, concerns over the potential fiscal burdens for govNnnwnt5, should they need to recapitali7e financial institu- of heightened concern::; about the European crisis, but tal adequacy of large European banks persisted. Partly inflows have resumed more recently. in response to these concerns, the EBA announced in Euro-area bank stock prices underperformed the October that banks would be required to put in place a broader market, as concerns about the health of Euro temporary extraordinary capital bumor by June 2012. pean banks intensified over the second half of 2011. boosting their core Tier 1 risk -hased capital ratio to The CDS premiums on the debt of many large hanks 9 percent. As market sentiment about European banks in Europe rose substantially, reflecting market views of deteriorated over the period, their access to unsecured increased risk of default (figure 58). Quarterly earnings dollar funding diminished, particularly at tenors for many banks were reduced hy wrile-downs on heyond one week. (Sec the box "U.S. Dollar Funding Greek debt. Although only eight banks failed the Pressures and Dollar Liquidity Swap Arrangements. . ,) European Banking Authority (EBA) European European hanks <-.uso faced pressure in curo funding Union -·wide stress test in July, concerns about the capi- markets. As banks' willingness to lend excess liquidity 102 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 940.57057 Board (~f Governors (~f the Federal Reserve j.)~vstern 33 ing facility, to July 2012, about a ypar f'arlierthan originally planned. 1h is euro-arE'a leaders wi!! consider lifting the -E-:SOO comhirwd lending of thf> ErSF and tlw addition, European officials ca!!E'd for an expansion of the IMf·'s lending capacity and pledged a joint contribution of elSO billion toward that goal. !-inally, to improVf~ the debt resumed kets from stresses in Eurolw, in late in August, rcportedly including tlw debt of Italy federal Reserve! the EeB, and four other major and Spain. c('ntral to reduce the fee on draws on PoHcyrnakers also took steps to SUppOit financial markets and institutions atfec.ted by the soven~ign crisis. To irnprovl' transparency and bolstpr the abil ity of turopcan banks to withsland losses on sover eign holdings, the European BankingAuthority (EBA) conductpd a second stress test of largf-' EU tlnancial institutions, the results of which wen> releast:>d in rnid-July, along with detailed informa billion a1 the new facility in f)ecelllbel~ rais tion about banb' f'xposures to borrowers in EU ingthe total arnount of outstanding ECB refinanc~ counlri('s. Market conCE'nlS ahout bank capital per~ ing operations by roughly --€:200 billion. A second sistC'd, and in Oct()bel~ the-EBA thn>e-year liquidity operation is schpduled for the announced that banks would be required to end of February. build up "exceptional and temporary" capital buf rhe improved availability of do!!arand euro fers to mer·t a o)rc Tier1 capita! ratio of9 pE'rcent funds late in the year, against the background of and cover t!1f> cost of rnarking sovereign exposures th(~ other policies be-ing e-lTIployed to addre-ss tlw to market by the end ofJu!lc 2012. In Decelllbe,~ haY(' pmt!y allayed market COll- the tBA disdospd that til(' aggregate rNjuired capi banks as well vul- tal buffer for large banks would be cfJ15 billion if risk-weighted asset<; were to remain al the levels mont hs, turopean banks have seen ;n"',""VN'"'''''' tht'y had readlE'd at thf-~ end ofSepternber 2011. in their access to funding, and in The banks subrnittpd their capita! plans to theif mips, credit sprpads on the banks and national supervisors for approval, and the LBA has government bonds BOW summarized these plans. Excluding the Crf'ek tlwless, significant risks remain as banks and three other institutions that will be struggle to implement the new Greek program and recarJlrall"eo separately by national authorities, the debt exchange, bank banks intend tn create capital buffers capital, and billion, about 25 percent larger buffers, use measures (such as to one another decreased, the cost of obtaining fund The Finallcial Accollnt ing in t he market rose, and banks relied more heavily on the ECB for funding, The first three-year refm anc Financial flows in the second half of 2011 rellected ing operation, held by the ECB on December 21, led to heightened concerns about risk and the pressures in a significant injection of new liquidity, and funding currency markets resulting from the European crisis. conditions in Europe seemed to improve gradually in Based on data for the third quarter and monthly indi the weeks that followed, Short-term euro interbank cators for the fourth quarter (not shown), foreign pri rates declined, euro-area shorter~duration sovereign vate inves10rs Hocked to U.S. Treasury securities as a bond yields feU sharply, and both governments and safe-haven investment while selling U.S. corporate banks were able to raise funds more easily. securities, especially in months when appetite for risk 103 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 050.57057 :14 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [-] February 2012 58. Credit default swap premiums for banks in GO, Net US. purchases of foreign securities, 2007~11 selected European cotUltrics. 2011-12 100 700 so 600 500 400 50 300 100 200 ISO 100 was particularly weak (figure 59). US. investors also affiliates abroad over the course of 2011, building pulled back from investments in Europe, significantly reserve balances in the first half of the year and cover reducing deposits with European banks and selling ing persistt.mt declines in U.S. funding sources. In con securities from curo-area countries. Overall, U.S. pur trast U.S. hanks. subject to less-severe market stress, chases of foreign securities edged down in the third sent funds abroad to meet strong dollar demand. quarter (figure 60). Inflows from foreign official institutions slowed The large purchases of Treasury securities domi notahly in the second half of 201 1 (figure 61). A num nated total private financial flows in the third quarter, a ber of advanced countries acquired some U. S. assets, pattcrn thaI likely continued in the fourth quarter. Net seeking to counteract upward pressure on their curren !lows by hanks located in the United States were small, cies by purchasing U.S. dollars in foreign exchange hut these flows masked large offsetting movements by markets. However, inflows from official institutions in foreign-and US.-owned banks. US. hranches of the EMEs trended down significantly in 20 11, espe European hanks brought in substantial funds from cially in the third and fourth quarters when the 59. Net foreign purchases of U.S. securities, 2007-11 61. u.s. net financial intlows. 2007-11 nl1h0n~0fd011ar$ ----------- Onidal purchases ofU,S, Treasury securities Private purchases ofC.S< TreasUlY securities 600 Purchases of other u.s. secUlltks 500 600 400 400 300 200 200 100 toO 200 200 Other FS. &eeurities include corporate equities and bond~, agency when and municipal bonds. SOClteE: Department ofCommcrce. Bureau of Economic Analysis. 104 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 150.57057 Board {~r Governors of the Federal Reserve ,»)stem 35 strength of the dollar Jed to reductions in their inter reHeeting the run-up in commodity prices earlier last vention activity. year and, in some countries, currency depreciation and increases in taxes (figure 62). However, underlying inflation pressures remained contained and, in recent AdYanced Foreign Economies months, intlation rates have begun to turn down, reflecting weaker economic activity and, as in the The intensification of the curo-area sovereign debt cri United States, declines in commodity prices since last sis was accompanied by a widespread slowing of eco spring. As with output, inflation performance differs nomic activity in the AFEs. In the euro area, financial significantly across countries. Twelve-month headline tensions increased despite the various measures inflation currently ranges from 3.6 percent in the announced by European leaders to combat the crisis. United Kingdom, partly due to hikes in utility prices, Real GDP contracted in the euro area at the end of to slightly negative in Japan, where deflation resumed last year according to preliminary estimates, and spill toward the end of 2011 as energy price inflation mod overs from the euro area likely contributed to the erated. fourth-quarter GDP decline in the United Kingdom. Several foreign central banks in the AFEs eased In Japan, economic activity rebounded rapidly from monetary policy in the second half of las1 year the disruptions of the March earthquake and tsunami (figure 63). The ECB cut its policy rate SO basis points but dipped again in the last quarter of 2011 as exports in the fourth quarter, bringing the main refinancing slumped. In Canada, elevated commodity prices and a rate back to 1 percent, where it was at the beginning of resilient labor market have supported economic activ the year. At its December meeting, the FeB also ity, but the export sector is sho~ing signs of expanded its provision of liquidity to the banking sec weakening. tor by introducing two three-year longer-term refi Survey indicators suggest that conditions improved nancing operations, reducing its reserve ratio require somewhat around the turn of the year, with wide ment from 2 percent to 1 percent, and easing its spread upticks in dillcrent countries' purchasing man collateral requirements. The Bank of England has held agers indexes. However, uncertainty about the resolu the Bank Rate at 0.5 percent but announced a.£75 bil tion of the euro-area crisis continues to affect lion expansion of its asset purchase facility in October investors' sentiment, while trade and financial spill and a further £SO billion increase in Fehruary that will overs weigh on activity f(.1f all of the AFEs. bring total asset holdings to £325 billion upon its Twdve-month headline inflation remained elevated completion in May 2012. The Bank of Japan also in most of the AFEs through the end of 2011, largely expanded its asset purchase program, raising it from 62. Change in conSlm1er prices tor major foreign economies, 2007-12 63. OiTicial or targeteu interest rates in selected auvanced roreign economies, 2008-12 P~rccnt . - 105 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 250.57057 36 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress IJ February 2012 U.S. Dollar Pressures and Dollar A. U.S. money market fund holdings, 2011 Rt1h(ln~()fdolllll$ sentim(>flt deteriorated, European 700 l11f>diurn-and long-term dollar funding markf!ts diminished markedly, with many unable to obtain unsecurerl dollar funding at maturities pxcpeding 600 one week. Th,,' pullback of U.S. mOll('Y market funds (MMFs) from liabilities of f'uro-area b<lnks 500 beginning in mid-2011 (figure A) was an important a p~ l l t I h t o o u f g t h h e M r M un I- - s o w Jf e o r f e s n h o or t H t , h ~ e r r o n n l d y o i l n la v r e f s u to n r d s s , t o 400 reduce ttwir('xposllres tu European banks. !\s a many European banks faced h;ohN onll,,· 300 banks to do!!arfunding through the foreign exchange (FX) swap markf>t rose as financial pressures increase-d. rhe cost of do!!arfunding through this markf't (the black line in B), as banks borrow ("uros at the ("uro l.on interbank offered rate (UBOR) and dollars in thf> fX swap rnarb,t, last s",,,mwrlO about 20D basis points late November. sell their dollar assets or r('(rain from fUlther dollar Although tlw efff'cts of thf'se dollar funding lending, which could ill turn result in a reduction of strains arc difficult to gauge, they pose substantial the uf'dit they supply to u.s. firms and households risks forthe u.s. economy. Large European banks while also r('dueing credit to European and othf'r borrow heavily in dollars partly because they are fon~ign firms involved in tradp with the United active in U.s. markefs, purchasinggovernmenland fur! her stresses on corporate securities as W('I! as making loans to u.s. overto the United households and businesses. A possible alollg with capi- be for European banks to ¥15 trillion to ¥20 trillion in October and then to and the floods in Thailand impeded supply chains In 130 trillion in February. the second half of last year, concerns about the gloh"u economy prompted EME authorities either to put monetary policy tightening on hold or, in several Emerging Marl,et Economies cases-such as Brazil, China, Indonesia, and Thai land -to loosen monetary policy, Many EMEs experienced a slowdo\vn in economic In China, real GDP growth stepped down to an growth in the third quarter of last year relative to the annual rate of about 8 percent in the fourth quarter. pace seen in the first half. Both earlier policy tighten Retail sales and fixed-asset investment slowed a touch ing, undertaken amid concerns about overheating, and but continued to grow hriskly, reflecting solid domestic weakening external demand weighed on growth. How demand. But net exports exerted a small drag on ever, third-quarter growth in China and Mexico growth, as weak external demand damped exports. remained strong, supported by robust domestic Twelve-month headline inflation moderated to about demand. Recent data indicate that the slowdown con 4;;2 percent in January, as food prices retreated from tinued and broadened in the fourth quarter, as the earlier sharp rises. With growth slowing and inflation financial crisis in Europe softened external demand on the decline, Chinese authorities reversed the course 106 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 350.57057 Board (~r Governors of the Federal Reserve c)~vstem 37 J3. Costs of three-month dollar funding through the foreign exchange swap market, the central bank swap line, and dollar LIBOR, 2011-12 Basispmnts a rate ---------------- index swap rate, a rpduction of 50 the ratp at which the forpign cpntra! 200 been providing dollar loans since May 2010. Thp reduction in do!1arfunding costs due to 1h(> revised pricing of the central bank swap lirws --- 160 hC'lped strengtlJ(>n tlw liquidity positions of Euro and otherforeigrl banks, therpby be-twfiting 120 Unite-d Slates by supfJOIting Ihe continued sup ply of credit to LJ.S. households and busirlPss{'s while mitigating other channels of risk. Draws on 80 lin('s, especially from the lCH, have [wen December 7, at the first three-month 4() doillar!er,der ulld"" tile !levY the LeB allocated about $51 billion, increase over prpvious operations. As of Fdmrary 24, thp feB, the Bank of Japan, and the Swiss National Bank had aboLlt S89 billion, SlB billion, and SO.S billion outstanding, reSDe':1IVeIV. their dollar swap lint:' allotments, aboLlt SlOB billion. In an indication that the swap lines have been dollar funding pressure, the cost thp rx swap market has dropped slrbstantially since Novpmber 30. Dollar UBOR, which measures dol lar funding costs in the intf'rhank market for U.s. and foreign institutions, has also declined ovprthe land, and the United Kingdom announced an past tvvn mont hs. of monetary policy toward easing by lowering the slowdown in the ft)urth quaricr. Mexican consumer reserve requirement for large banks toO hasis points, to price inflation rose sharply in the second half of the 20.5 percent. In 2011, the Chinese renminbi appreci year, driven largely by rising food prices and the ated 4:;' percent against the dollar and about 6 percent removal of electrical energy subsidies. In Brazil, in con on a real trade-weighted basis; the latter measure trast to most EMEs, GDP contracted slightly in the gauges the renminbi's value against the currencies of third quarter, hut incoming indicators point to a return China's major trading partners and adjusts 1t)r difler to growth in the fourth quartel; partly as a result of ences in inflation rates. several rounds of' monetary policy easing that began in In Mexico, economic activity accelerated in the sec August. As the direction of capital flows turned to a ond and third quarkrs as domestic demand expanded net outflow, Brazilian authorities loosened capital con robustly. However, incoming indicator~ such as tepid trols that had been introduced earlier in the [ace of growth of exports to the United States, point to a massive inflows and associated fears of overheating. 107 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 450.57057 39 Monetarv over the Second Half guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (MBS) rather of 2011 ~nd 2012 than Treasury securities. On August 1, the Committee met by videoconfer To promote the I'ederal Open Market Committee's ence to discuss issues associated with contingencies in (FOMC) objectives of maximum employment and the event that the Treasury was temporarily ~nable to price stability, the Committee maintained a target meet its obligations because the statutory federal debt range for the federal funJs rate of 0 to 1.4 percent limit was not raised or in the event of a downgrade of throughout the second half of 2011 and into 2012 the u.s. sovereign credit rating. Participants g~nerally (figure 64). With the incoming data suggesting a some anticipated that there would be no need to make what slower pace of economic recovery than the Com changes to existing bank regulations, the operation of mittee had anticipated, and with inliation seen as set the discount window, or the conduct of open market tling at levels at or below those consistent with its operations.20 With respect to potential policy actions, statutory mandate, the Committee took steps during participants agreed 1hat the appropriate response the second half of 2011 and in early 20 12 to provide would depend importantly on the actual conditions in additional monetary accommodation in order to sup markets and should generally consist of standard port a stronger economic recovery and to help ensure operations. that inflation, over time, runs at levels consistent with The information reviewed at the regularly scheduled its mandate. These steps included strengthening its rOMe meeting on August 9 indicated that the pace of fonvard rate guidance regarding the Committee's expectations for the period over which economic con ditions will warrant exceptionally low levels for the 20. Me/Jlbn~ of the FOMe' consist of the members of the Board of Govemors of the F0d0ral ReS0rve System plus the presid.mt of federal funds rate, increasing the average maturity of the Federal Reserve Bank of ;\CW York and 4 of the remaining the Federal Reserve's securities holdings through a 11 Reserve program of purchases and sales, and reinvesting princi pal payments on agency securities in agency- 12 R:,:scrvc Bank presidents. 64. Selected init..'TCst rates, 2008-12 108 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 550.57057 40 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [] Fehruary 2012 t he economic recovcry had slow in recent The in hand at the September 20 21 FOMC months and thallahor market conditions continued to meeting indicated that economic acliviiy continued to be weak. In addition, revised data for 2008 through expand a1 a sIo\-v pace and that labor market condi 2010 from the Bureau of E-eonomic Anal~/sis indicated tions remained weak. Consumer pricc intlation thnl the 1'ccen1 had been deeper than previ- appeanxl t.o have moderated in the year as or ously thought and that the level real gross domestic prices energy and some commodities (kc1incd from product (GDP) had net yet regained its pre-recession their peaks, hut it had not yet come down much as peak by the second quarter of 2011. Moreover, down participants had expected at previous meetings. Indus ward revisions 10 t1rst-quarter GDP groVyth and the trial production expanded in July and August, real slow growth rcporkd for the second quar1cr indicated business spending on equipment and soibvan: that the recovery had been quit.e sluggish in the ilrst appeared 10 expand furthcr. and rcal consumer spend half of 2011. Privati:: nonfarm payroll employment rose ing posted a selEd gain in July: IIov,:cver, private non at a considerahly slower pace in June and July than farm employmenL rose onlY sJighlly in Augusl, and the carlier in the y~ar, und parLicipants noted a dekriora unemploymcl1l rute rr:maincJ high. Consumer scnti tion in lahor market conditions, 810\vcf household ment deteriorated signiIlcant!y further in August and spending, a drop in consumer and hUS111CSS cont1dcncc, siayed dO\vnbcal in carly September. Activity in the and continued weakness in the hOllsing sector. TnHa housing sector continued to be depressed hy weak tion, which had picked up earlier in the year as a result demand, uncertainty about future home prices, tight \.)1' higher prices for some commodilies Hnd imported credit conditions for mortgages and construction goods as well as supply chain disrupt ions resulting loans, and a suhstantial inventory of foreclosed and from the nat ural disaster in Japan, moderated more distressed properties. Financial mnrkets wt.'re volatile recently as prices of energy and commodities fell the intermeeting period as investors respondea1o back from their earlier peaks. Longer-term inl1ulion somewha! disappoin ting ne\vs, 011 balance, regarding expectations remained stable. U.S. financial markets economic activity in the United States and abroad. were s1rongly influenced by development::; regarding Weak eCOntm11c data contrihuted h_' rising expectations the tiscal situations in the United States and in Europe among market participants of additional monetary and by gt,;nerally \\'cakcr-than-cxpccted n:adings on accommodation; those expcctaLi,m5 and increasing cconGmic activity, as t~)rcign economic growth conccrns about the nnandal situation in Furopc kd to appeared ~o have s]owcll signllkantly. Yields on nomi an appreciable decline intcrmc(liate-and longer- nal Treasury s~(:uri1ies fe11 notably, on nct, \vhilc term nominal Trea~mr:y yields. l-'l11ctllaLions in inves on both invcstment-and speculatiyc-gradc corporate tors' level or concern about European fIscal and llnan bonds fell little less than those on comparabk cial prospects aIs(l contributed to market volatility, maturity Treasury securities, leaving risk spreads wider. particularly in equit:v markets, and spreads of yields c'n Broad U.S. stock price indexes declined significantly. invcstment-and speculative-grade c!.)rporatc honds Most members agreed that thc ec{)nomic ()ullook .over those on comparable-maturity Treasury securities had deteriorated by enough to \varrant a Committee rose significantly oyer the intermeeting period, reach response at the August meeting. Those vie\\<1ng shift ing levels last registered in late 2009. toward more accommodative policy as appropriate In the discussion of monetary policy, most members generally agreed that a strengthening of the Comm11- agreed that the outlook had deteriorated some'Vvhat, tec"s fonvard guidance regarding the federal funds and that there were signiilcant do\vnside risks to the by being more explicit about the period over 'which the economic outlook, including strains in global 11nancial C('mmiHee expected the federal funds rak to remain markets. As a result, the Commith;e decided that pro- exccptional1y low, would be a response the additional monetary accommodation would be dt.:krioration in the outlook over the intermecting appropriate to slIpporl a stronger recovery and to hdp period. The Committee agrced to kcep the target range ensure that inHanon, over time. was at a level consis i{)f the federal funds rate at () to perc(:nt and to 51 ate l(:nl with the Committee's dual mandate. Those Vie'l}l that economic conditions-including low rates of ing greater policy accommodation as appropriatr: at resource utilizalion and a suhdued outlook for infla this meeting generally supported a malurily (:xtenslon tion over the medium run---nn: likely to \varrant excep program thut would c(lmbine asset purchases and sales tionally 10\\: levels for the federal funds rall.: at leasl to extend the average ma1Urity \.,r securities held in the through mid-2013. That anticipated path tzw the fed System Open Market Account without generat.ing a crul funds rate \vas viewed as uppropriate in light of substantial expansi()l1 of the E:deral Ri:SCrve'3 balance most members' outlook f~)r the economy. sheet or reserve balances. Specifically_ those members 109 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 650.57057 Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 5)'sl('m 4] supporlell a und~r \vhich the Comrnitte~ possible steps to contain the flscal and bank would announce its intention to purchas.t:.\ by the end ing probkm.-{ thBre. Longer-term Treasury yields of 2012, $400 billion of Treasury securities with declined appreciably, on net, over the period, and or remaining maJurities 6 to 30 and to seU yields on invcstmenl-and sp!..~culative-gradc corporate an ey.unl arn()unt of Treasury remaining bonds moved leaving (heir spreads 10 Treasury or maturities 3 years or kSB. They expected this pro securities slightly narro\vcr. Although equity markeis gram to put dO\:vnward pressure on longer-term inter volatile, broad U.S. equity price indexes ended the est rates and to help make broader financial conditions interrneeting period little changed. more a~commodativc. fn addition, to hdp support Most FOfvIC members anticipated that the pace of con<-Etions in mtlrtgagc markets, the Committee ec,,)O(.1mic growth would remain moderate over coming decided 10 reinv('st principal received from its holdings quarters, with unemployment declining only gradually of agency debt and agency ']\riBS in agency MBS rather and 1n11ation se! lling: at or hdow levels consistent with than continuing to reinvest those funds in longer-term the dual mandate. Moreover, lhe recovery \..vas still seen Treasury securities as had heen the Committee's prac as subject to signiflcant dt1wnside risks, including tice since the August 20W rOMe meeting. At the strains in global llnancial markets. Accordingly) in t.he same time, the Commitlcc decided to maintain its discussion of mondary policy, all Committee mcmber~ existing policy of rolling over mat.uring Treasury seCll agreed to continue the program of extending the aver rities at auction. In its statement, 1he Committee noled age maturity of the Federal Reserve's holdings of secu that it would. continue!o regularly review the size and rities as announced in September. Thl) Commit tee composition of its securities holdings and that it was decided to maintain its existing policy of reinvesting prepared to adjust those holdings as appropriate. The principal payments from its holdings of agency deb1 Committee also decided to keep tht:: target range for agency MBS in MBS and of rolling the fedcf;;u funds rate a! 0 to percent and to reaflirm maturing Treasury sl2curities aL auction. In addition, its anticipal ion that economic conditions I,vcre likely to the Committee agreed to keep the target range for the warrant exceptionally low kvds for the federal funds federal funds rat('; at 0 to percent and to reiterate its rate least through mid-20B. expectation tha1 economic conditions vverc likely 10 The information reviewed at Ih('; Novcmbt:r 1-2 warrant ~xccptionally low levels [or the federal funds meeting indicated that the pace of economic activity rate at least through mid-201 3. sirenglhcncd somcl,.vhat in the 1h ird quartef. rd1ccting Over subsequent \veeks, tln<:lncial markets appeared in part a reversal of the tcmportJry factors that to hecome incn.~asingly concerned that a timely reso!u "·veigh~d on ~conornic growth in th!.; ilrsl half of the tion of the European sovereign deht situation might year. Global supply chain disrupti(>Ds associated with not occur despite the measures that authorities there the natural disaster in Japan had diminished, and the announced Octoher; pressures on European sover prices of energy and some commodities had come eign dcht markets increased, and cunditions in Furo down Crom their recent peaks, casing strains on house penn funding markets deteriorated appreciably. The hold budgets ancllikely contrihuting to a som0what greater financial stress. appeared likely to damp eco stronger pace of consumer spending in recent months. nomic activity in the curo area and potentially to pose Real equipment and software investrnent expanded a risk to the ~conomic recovery in the United States. appreciably, and real personal consumption expendi On November 2~, the Committee met by videocon iUTes (peE) rose moderately in 1he third quarttT. How ft~rence to di~cuss a proposal to amend and augment ever, real disposable income declined in the third (.jl.wr the Federal Reserve's temporary liquidity swap ter and consumer sentlmBnt continued to be downbeat arrangements with fi)rcign central banks in light of the in October. In addition, labor market conditions strains in global financial The pro- or remained weak as thl;~ pace of private-sector job gains posal included a six-month extension the sunsd in the third quarter as a whole was less than it was in date and a 50 basis point reduction in the pricing on the ill'S! half of the year. Overall consumer price infla the existing dollar liquidity swap arrangements with tion was more moderate than earlier in t.he year, a:-; the Bank of Canada, the Bank of England, the Bank prices or energy and some commodities declined from of Japan, the FUfopcan Central B<J.nk (Fen), and the their recent peaks, and measures of longer-run inl1a Swiss National Bank. In addition, the proposal tion expectations remained stable. Financiai markds included th~ establishment, as a contingency measure, were quite v01ati1<.: and investor sentiment was stnJDg!y of sv:.'ap arrangements that. would allow the Federal influenced by prospects r;,x Europe, as market partici Reserve to provide liquidity to U.S. institutions in for pants remained highly atlUned t.o developments eign currencies should the need arise. The proposal was 110 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 750.57057 42 :tv1ondary Policy Report to the Congress rJ February 2012 aimed at helping to ease s1rains in llnancial markets: not changed greaHy since their previous meeting. As and 1h ereby to mitigate the dlccts of such strains on result, the Committee decided to COl'll tnnc the program the supply of credit to U.S. households and businesses. of extending the average maturity of the Federal thus supporling the economic recovery. :tYlost partici Reserve's holdings of securities as announced in Sep pants agreed that the proposed changes 10 the swap tember. to retain the existing policies regarding the arrangements \vould represent an important demon reinvestment of principal paynlents from Federal stration of the commitment of the Federal Reserve and Reserve holdings of securities, and to keep the target the other central banks to work togeth~r to the range f~)r the federal funds rate at 0 to percent. gJohal tinancial sy:-;1cm. At the conclusion of dis- While several memhers noted tha11he reference to mid- cussion, almost all members agreed to support the 2013 in the f()[ward rate guidan.:c might need to be changes t.o the existing SVi"ap line arrangements and the adjusted hefore long. and a numher of them looked establishment of' the new fordgn currcnc:y swap fonvanl to considering possihlc enhancements to the agreements. Committee's communications, the Committee agre(;d A~~ of the December 13 FOl\1C meeting, the data to reiterate iis anticipation that economic conditions indicated thaL U.S. economic activity had expanded were to warrant exceptionally low kvcls for the moderatdy despite some apparent slowing in the fcderul funds rate at least through mid-20l3. growth of foreign economics and strains in global The information reviewed at the January 24 25 tlnancial markds. Conditions in the labor market meeting indicated Ihat U.S. economic acth'ity contin seemed to have improved some\vha1, as the unemploy ued to expand moderately, while global gn1"\cvth ment rate dropped in November and private nonfarm appeared to be slowing. Labor market indicators employment continued lc· increase modera1ely. In poinkd to some further improvement labor mark.:1 October, industrial production rose, and overall real conditions. but progress \vns gradual and lhe llnem PCE gr.;w modestly [ollU\:ving signincant gains in the ploym;;::nt rate remain(:d devatt:d. Household spending previous month, HowevCf, revised estimates indicated had continued to advance at a moderate pace despite that households' real disposable income dedined in the diminished growth in real disposable income, but second and third quarters, the net \'vcalth of house grt,wth in nusinl2ss fixl2d itrvesLmcnL had slowl2d. The holds decreased, and consumer scnLimcnt was still at a housing sect.or remained depressed. Inflalion bad been suhdued level in early December. Activity in the hous suhdued in recent months, lhere was little evidcn-.:e or ing markcl remained depressed hy the suhstantial wage or cost pressures, and longer-term int1ation invcntl1ry of forednsed and distressed propcrtil':s and expectations had remained stahle. Ml':ding participants hy \vcak demand 1hat rclkcled lighl cn. .' dit conditions observed that Hnancial conditions had improved and for mort.gage loans and uncertainty ahout future home ilnancial market stresses had eased somewhat during prices. Overall consumer price inflation continued 10 he the intcrmeeting period: Equity prices were higher, more modest t.han earlier in lhe year, and measures of volatility had ckclincd, and hank lending conditions in11a1 inn cxpectaUons had bccn stahle. The appeared 10 be improving. Participants noted that the associated \vith the {-13ca] and financial ditliculties ECWs three-year retinancing operation had apparently in Europe remained the fC!eus of attention in fmancial resulted in improved conditions in European sovereign markds over the intermeeting period and contributed debt markets. Nonethdess, participants expected that to heightened volatility in a \vide range of asset mar global l1nancial markets would remain focused on the kets. However, stock prices and longer-term interest evolving situation in Europe and they anticipated that rates had changed little, on balance, since the Novem further policy drorts \vould be required to fully ber meeting. address the tlscal and financial problems there. :rvlembers viewed the information on U.S, economic With the economy facing continuing heucl\:V'lnds and activity receivBd over the intenneeting period as sug growth slowing in a numher of U.S. export markets, gesting that the economy \:>,Eould continue to expand members generally expected a modest pacc of eco moderalely. Strains in global flnanciai nnrkets contin nomic gro\'lth over coming quar1ers, with thc unem ued to pose signitkanL (ltmrnsidc risks to economic ployment rate declining onty gradually. At the samc activity. 1V1cmbers alsn anticip<'ltcd that inllation would time. members thought that 1n11a110n would run at lev sdtk, over coming quarkrs, aL levels or below those els at or below those consistent with the Committee's consistent \vlt.h Lhe Committee's dual mandate. In the dual mandate. Against this backdrop, members agreed discussion of mondary policy !'l)f the perind immedi that it would he appropriate to maintain the existing ately ahead, Committee mcmhers generally agreed tha~ highly accommndativt.~ stance of mnnc1ary policy. their ovcraJI assessmenls of the economic oullook had They agreed to keep the targe1 range for the federal 111 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 850.57057 Board qf Governors (~f the federal Reserve !.)~vslem 43 funds rate at 0 to Y, percent, to continue the program Committee'5 policy decisions. Participants generally of extending the average maturity of the Federal agreed that a clear statement of the Committee's Reserve's holdings of securities as announced in Sep longer-run policy objectives could be helplul; some tember, and to retain the existing policies regarding the noted that it would also be useful to clarify the linkage reinvestment of principal payments from Federal between these longer-run objectives and the Commit Reserve holdings of securities. ln light of the economic tee's approach to setting the stance of monetary policy outlook, most memhers. also agreed to indicate that the in the short and medium runs. Participants generally Committee expects to maintain a highly accommoda saw the Committee's postmecting statements as not tive stance for monetary policy and anticipates that well suited to communicate fully the Committee's economic conditions are likely to warrant exceptionally thinking about its objectives and its policy framework, low levels for the federal funds rate at least through late and they agreed that the Committee would need to use 2014, longer than had been indicated in recent FOMC other means to communicate that int~)rmation or to statements. The Committee also statcd that it is pre supplement information in the statement. A number of pared to adjust the size and composition of its securi participants suggested that the Committee's periodic ties holdings as appropriate to promote a stronger eco Summary of Economic Projections (SEP) could be nomic recovery in a context of price stability. used to provide more information about their views on the longer-run objectives and the likely evolution of monetary policy. At the November 12 FOMC meeting, participants FOMC Commullications discussed alternative monetary policy strategies and potential approaches for enhancing the clarity of their Transparency is an essential principle of modern cen public communications, though no decision was made tral banking because it appropriately contributes to the at that meeting to change the Committee's policy strat accountability of central hanks to the government and egy or communications. It was noted that many central to the public and because it can enhance the efTective hanks around the world pursue an explicit inflation ness of central banks in achieving their macroeco ohjective, maintain the flexibility to stabilize economic nomic objectives. To this end, the Federal Reserve pro activity, and seek to communicate their i()fecasts and vides to the public a considerable amount of policy plans as clearly as possib!e. Many participant.s information concerning the conduct of monetary pointed to the merits of specifying an explicit longer policy. Immediately following each meeting of the run inflation goal, hut it was noted that. such a step FOMC, the Committee releases a statement that lays could be misperceived as placing greater weight on out the rationale ror its policy decision, and detailed price stability than on maximum employment; conse minutes of each FOMC meeting are made public three quently, some suggested that a numerical inflation goal weeks fc,llowing the meeting. Lightly edited transcripts would need to be set forth within a context that clearly of FOMC meetings arc released to the public with a underscored the Committee's commitment to fostering five-year lag.2l Moreover, since last April, the Chair both parts of its dual mandate. Most of participants man has held press conferences aftcr regularly sched agreed that it could be beneficial to formulate and pub uled two-day FOMC meetings. At the press confer lish a stat.ement that would elucidate the Committee's ences, the Chairman presents the current economic policy approach, and participants generally expressed projections of FOMC participants and provides addi interest in providing additional information to the pub tional context for its policy decisions. lic about the likely future path of the target federal The Committee continued to consider additional funds rate. The Chairman asked the subcommittee on improvements in its communications approach in the communications, headed by Governor Yellen, to give second half of 2011 and the lirst part of 2012. In a discussion on external communications at the Septem consideration to a possible statement of the Commit~ tee's longer-run goals and policy strategy, and he also ber 20·-21 POMC meeting, most participants indicated encouraged the subcommittee to explore potential that they favored taking steps to increase further the approaches for incorporating information about par transparency of monetary policy, including providing ticipants' assessments of appropriate monetary policy more information about the Committee's longer-run into the SEp'22 policy objectives and the factors that inf1uence the 22. The suiXDmmittee on communications is chuired hy Governor Yellen and includes Governor Raskin, and Presidents Eyans and Plosscr. 112 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 950.57057 44 Ivlonetary Policy· Report 10 the Congress [] Fehruary 2012 At the Decemher 13 FOMC meeting. participants Committee rnight not. in fact., enhance public under further considered in which Lhe Committee might standing of the Commi!tce's actions Hnd inl~n!ions. enhance the clarity .and transparency of its public com Pariicilxmts commented on the draft statement, and munications. The subcommittee on communications the Chairman encouraged the subcommittee to make recomrn.:nded an approach for incorporaling informa adjustments to the draft and to present a revised ver tion about participants' projections of appropriate sion for the Commiltec's further consideration in future monetary policy into the SEP, which the FOMC January. rdeas.:s four times each year. In the SEP, participants' At the January 24 25 meeting, the suhcommittce on f~,r economic gn:n.\ih; unempJoyment, and communications presented a revised draft of a state are condWoncd on their individual assess ment of prindplcs regarding the FOMC's longer-run ments of the path of monclary policy that is most goals and monetary policy strategy. Almost all partici likely to he consistent with the Federat Reserve's statu·· pants "upportcd adop1ing and releasing the revised tory mandate 10 promote maximum employmL:nt and s1alCmcnl (sec the hox '·fOl\1C Statement Regarding price stahility, hut information abl.mt those assessments L()figcr-Run Cioa]s and !vronetary Policy Stratcg::y"). It has not heen included in the SFP. Most par!icipants was noled that the prOfl(\sed statement did not repre agreed that adding 1h eir projectk1ns of the target fed sent a change in the CommiUec'5 policy approach. eral funds nIk to 1he economic projections already Tnsicad, thc statement "vas in1cnded 10 help enhance provided in the SEP would hdp the public hel kr the transparency, accountability, and dkclivencss or understand the Committee's monetary policy decisions monetary policy. and the wa'y'S in which those dc:cisions depend on mem In addition, in light of the decision made at the bers' assessments of economic and financial condi December meeting, the Committee provided in the tions. At the conclusion of the discussion, participants January SEP inf<'lrmation about each participanfs decided to incorporate int()fmation ahout their projec assessments of appropriate monetary policy. Specifi tions of appropriate monetary policy into the SEP cally, the SliP included inforrnation about participants' beginning in January. estimates of the appropriate level of the target federal Following up on the Commitke's discussion of funds rate in tht: fourth quarter of the current year and policy frame'vvorks at its Novemb~r meeting, the sub the next few calendar years, and over the longer run; committee on communications prcsentcd draft state the SEP also reporh~d participants' cnrrent projt~ctions ment of the Committec's lonp.:r-run goals and policy u1' the likely j iming of the appropriate fIrst increase in strategy. Part icipanls generally agreed thal issuing such the target rak givcn their projections of future eco a stakrnt:nt c~)llld he helpful in enhancing the transpar nomic conditions. The a('{;ompany-ing narrative ency and accounlahllity 0[' monetary policy and in described the key i~lctors underlying those assessments facilitating wcll-inftlrmcd dccisionmaking by house and provided St)mc qualitath'e inf()rmation regarding holds and husincss(;s_ and lhus in enhancing the Com participants' expeclations t(1[ thl..': Federal Reserve's mittee's ability to promok the goals spccil1ed balance sheet. A number or participants :\uggested fur sLatut\)ry mandate in the face of signifkant cconomk ther possihlc enhancements 10 the SFP, the Chairman disturbances. However, a couple of participants asked the subcommittee to explore such enhancements expressed the concern that a statement that \vas suffl over coming months. cienny nuanced 10 cnptuf(: the diversity of views on the 113 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 060.57057 Board 0/ Governors (~r [he Federal Reserve ,))stem 45 FOMC Statement Goals and Monetary deliberations at its recpnt rneel~ ings, the Opf'n Market Committee (FaMe) has reached broad the following and mon intends to must informed maximum level of employmf'nt, !'f'cognizing that such asspss ments are necessarily lHlcPttain and subject to revi- sion. The Committee consid(-"rs a wide of busint-~sses, indicators in ",alkln,,,hp," """",,,en" tainty, increases the effectiveness of monetalY lion aboul policy, and f'nhances transparency and account trw longer-run normal ability, which arf' ess0.ntial in unemploynwnt is puhlisfwd Inflatiot1, employment, and long-term the rOMe's SummJlY of Economic rates fluctuate over time in example, in the most recent projections, FOMC and financial disturbances. palticipants' estimates of the longer-run normal ratf~ of unemployment had a central tendency of 5.L percent to 6.0 pprcent, roughly unchanged from last January but substantially higher1han the corresponding interval several t~arlif'r. !n setting monetafY policy, Committee seeks to mitigate deviations of inflation from its run goal and 'I he intlation rate overthe longer run I:; primarily COfl1mittcp's assessments of its maximum level. det(~rmit1ed by monetaty policy, and hence the These objectives art.' generally comp!f'mcntaty Committee has the ability under circumstances in which th(~ Com- goal for intlation. that the objectives are not comple tion at the ratp of 2 mentalY, approach in promot ing them, taking into account the magnitude of the d(-'viations and the potentially different tinll:' hori zons over which employnwnt and inflation an~ jected to r('lurn to levels judged mandatf'. 114 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 160.57057 47 Thefol1olving material appeared as an addendum to the sures on inflation in 2011 from factors such as supply minutes (~f the January 24-25,2012, meeting 0/ the chain disruptions and rising commodity prices as hav Federal Open Market Committee. ing waned, and they anticipated that intlation would fall back in 2012" Over the projection period, most par In conjunction with the January 24"25, 2012, Federal ticipants expected infiation, as measured hy the annual Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting, the mem change in the price index for personal consumption bers of the Board of Governors and the presidents of expenditures (PCE), to be at or helow (he FOMC's the Federal Reserve Banks, all of whom participate in objective of 2 percent that was expressed in the Com the deliberations of the FOMC, submitted projections mittee's statement of longer-run goals and policy strat for growth of real output, the unemployment rate, and egy. Core inflation was projected to run at about the int1ation lor the years 2012 to 2014 and over the longer same rate as overall inflation. run. The economic projections were hased on informa As indicated in table 1, relative to their previous pro tion available at the time of the meeting and partici jections in November 2011, participants made small pants' individual assumptions about factors likely to downward revisions to their expectations for the rate aired economic outcomes, including their assessments of increase in real GDP in 2012 and 2013, but they did of appropriate monetary policy Starting with the not materially alter their projections for a noticeably January meeting, participants also submitted their stronger pace of expansion by 2014. With the unem assessments of the path for the target federal funds rate ployment rate having declined in recent months by that they viewed as appropriate and compatible with more than participants had anticipated in the previous their individual economic projections. Longer-run pro Summary of Economic Projections (SEP), they gener jections represent each participant's assessment of the ally lowered their forecasts for the level of the unem~ rate to which each variable would be expected to con ployment rate over the next two years. Participants' verge over time under appropriate mondary pollcy expectations for both the longer-run rate of increase in and in the absence of further shocks" "Appropriate real GDP and the longer-run unemployment. rate were monetary policy" is defined as the future path of little changed from November They did not signifi policy that participants deem most likely to loster out cantly alter their forecasts for the rate of inflation over comes for economic activity and intlation that best the next (hree years" lIowever, in light of the 2 percent satisfy their individual interpretation of the Federal inflation that is the objective included in the statement Reserve's objectives of maximum employment and of longer-run goals and policy strategy adopted at the stable prices" January meeting, the range and central tendency of As depicted in figure I, FOMC participants pro their projections of longer-run intlation were all equal jected continued economic expansion over the 2012-14 to 2 percent. period, with real gross domestic product (GDP) rising As shown in f1gure 2, most participants judged that at a modest rate this year and then strengthening f ur highly accommodative mondary policy was likely to ther through 2014. Participants generally anticipated be warranted over coming years to promote a stronger only a small decline in the unemployment rate this economic expansion in the context of price stahility. In yeae In 2013 and 21ll4, the pace of the expansion was partieulat; with the unemployment rate projected (0 projected to exceed participants' estimates of the remain elevated over the projection period and infla longer-run sustainable rate of increase in real GDP hy tion expected to he suhdued, six participants antici enough to result in a gradual further decline in the pated that, under appropriate monetary policy, the first unemployment rate. However, at the end of 2014, par increase in the target federal funds rate would occur ticipants generally expected that the unemployment after 2014, and five expected policy firming to com rate would still be well above their estimates of the mence during 2014 (the upper panel). The remaining longer-run normal unemployment rate that they cur six participants judged that rai,ing the federal funds rently view as consistent with the FOMC's statutory rate sooner would be required to forestall int1ationary mandate for promoting maximum employment and pressures or avoid distortions in the financial system. price stability. Participants viewed the upward prcs- As indicated in the lower panel, all of the individual 115 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 260.57057 48 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress fJ February 2012 Figure L Central icnJ(:''llcies and ranges or economic projections, 2012-14 and over the longer run Percent -- 1 L! Pacent l illGl11ployment rat..:: 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 LongGf run Pert~nt Percent Cor,;; peE inflation 116 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 360.57057 Board (~f Governors of the Federal Reserve S:vstem 49 Table 1. Economic projc'Ctions of Federal Reserve Board members and Federal Reserve Bank presidents, January 2012 Percent Variar.le Change In rea! GDP Novemher projection. peE inflati,m . assessments of the appropriate target federal funds rate The Outlook for Economic Activity over the next several years were below the longer-run level of the federal funds rate, and 11 participants The central tendency of participants' forecasts for the placed the target federal funds rate at 1 percent or change in real GDPin 2012 was 2.2 to 2.7 percent. lower at the end of 2014. Most participants indicated This le)fecast for 2012, while slightly lower than the that the)' expected that the normalization of the Fed projection prepared in November, would represent a eral Reserve'5 balance sheet should occur in a way con pickup in output growth from 2011 to a rate close to sistent with the principles agreed on at the June 20 it its longer-run trend. Participants stated that the eco meeting of the FOMC, with the timing of adjustments nomic information received since November showed dependent on the expected date of the first policy continued gradual improvement in the pace of eco tightening. A few participants judged that, given their nomic activity during the second half of 2011, as the current assessments of the economic outlook, appro influence of the temporary factors that damped activ priate policy would include additional asset purchases ity in the 11rst half of the year subsided. Consumer in 2012, and one assumed an early ending of the matur spending increased at a moderate rate, exports ity extension program. expanded solidly, and business investment rose further. A sizable majority of participants continued to Recently, consumers and businesses appeared to judge the level of uncertainty associated with their pro become somewhat more optimistic ahout the outlook. jections for real activity and the unemployment rate as Financial conditions for domestic nonfinancial busi unusually high relative to historical norms. Many also nesses were generally favorable, and conditions in con attached a greater-than-normallevel of uncertainty to sumer credit markets showed signs of improvement. their forecasts for inflation, but, compared \vith the However, a number of factors suggested that the November SEP, two additional participants viewed pace of the expansion would continue to be restrained. unt--ertainty as broadly similar to longer-run norms. As Although some indicators of activity in the housing in Novemher, many participants saw downside risks sector improved slightly at the end of 2011, new home attending their forecasts of real GDP growth and building and sales remained at depressed levels, house upside risks to their forecasts of the unemployment prices were still falling, and mortgage credit remained rate; most participants viewed the risks 1.0 their infla tight. Households' real disposable income rose only tion projections as broadly balanced. modestly through late 2011. In addition, federal spend- 117 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 460.57057 50 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [l February 2012 Figure 2. Overview of FOMe participants' assessments of appropriate monetary policy Appropriate Timing of Policy Firming Number of Participants ,----------------------------------------------------------------,10 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 ,A-p-pr-op-ri-at-e P-ac-e- of- P-oli-cy- F-irm-i-ng- --------------------------,------------ P - er - ce , nt 6 Target Federal Funds Rate at Year·End 1-···-···········-··--·····--·-····-·-·····-···-··-·········--·····_ _· -·_··-······-········_·-·_-·····_. . 1. ... ·····"·-~'~~~~~.-····-·~4 2013 Longer run NO'!E: In the upper paneL the height of each bar denotes the number of FOMe participants who judge that, under appropriate monetary policy and in the absence of further shocks to the economy, the first increase in the target federal funds rate from its current range of 0 to !j4 percent will occur in the specified calendar year. In the lower panel, each shaded circle indicates the value (rounded to the nearest % percent) of an individual participant's judgment of the appropriate level of the target fedetal funds tate at the end of the specified calendar yeat or over the longer run. 118 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 560.57057 Board of Governors (~f the F'ederal Reserve S~vstem 51 ing contracted toward year-end, and the restraining current unemployment rate and their estimates of the elIccts of Jlscal consolidation appeared likely to be longer-run rate, although some noted that more time greater this year than anticipated at the time of the would likely he needed. November projections, Participants also read the inf{)f Figures 3.A and 3.B provide details on the diversity mation on economic activity abroad, particularly in of participants' views regarding the likely outcomes for Europe, as pointing to weaker demand for u.s, exports real GDP growth and the unemployment rate over the in coming quarters than had seemed likely when they next three years and over the longer run. The disper prepared their forecasts in Novemher. sion in these projections reflected diffcrem::cs in partici Participants anticipated that the pace of the eco pants' assessments of many factors, including appro nomic expansion would strengthen over the 2013~14 priate monetary policy and its effects on economic period, reaching rates of increase in real GDP above activity, the underlying momentum in economic activ their estimates of the longer-run rates of output ity, the cfTects of the European situation, the prospec growth. The central tendencies of participants' fore tive path lor U.S. fiscal policy, the likely evolution of casts for the change in real GDP were 2.8 to 3.2 per credit and financial market conditions, and the extent cent in 2013 and},} to 4.0 percent in 2014. Among the of structural dislocations in the lahor market. Com considerations supporting their forecasts, participants pared with their November projections, the range of cited their expectation that the expansion would be particip,U1ts~ forecasts for the change in real GDP in supported by monetary policy accommodation, ongo 2012 narrowed somewhat and shifted slightly lower, as ing improvements in credit conditions, rising house some participants reassessed the outlook for global hold and business cDnfidence, and strengthening economic growth and for u.s. fiscal policy. Many, how household balance sheets. Many participants judged ever, made no material change to their forecasts for that u.s. Jlscal policy would still be a drag on eco growth of real GDP this year. The dispersion of par nomic activity in 2013, hut many anticipated that prog ticipants' forecasts for output growth in 2013 and 2014 ress would be made in resolving the fIscal situation in remained relatively wide. Having incorporated the data Europe and that the foreign economic outlook would showing a lower rate of unemployment at the end of be more positive. Over time and in the absence of 2011 than previously expected, the distribution of par shocks, participants expected that the rate of increase ticipants' projections for the end of 2012 shilled of real GDP would converge to their estimates of its noticeably down relative to the November forecasts. longer-run rate, with a central tendency of 2,3 to The ranges {()I' the unemployment rate in 2013 and 2.0 percent, little changed from their estimates in 2014 showed less pronounced shifts toward lower rates November. and, as was the case with the ranges f()f output growth, The unemployment rate improved more in late 2011 remained wide. Participants made only modest adjust~ than most participants had anticipated when they pre mcnts to their projections of the rates of output pared their November projections, falling from 9.1 to growth and unemployment over the longer run, and, 8.7 percent between the thin1 and fourth quarters. As a on net, the dispersions of their projections lor hoth result, most participants adjusted down their projec were little changed from those reported in November. tions for the unemployment rate this year. Nonetheless, The dispersion of estimates for the longer-run rate of with real GDP expected to increase at a modest rate in output growth is narrow, with only one participant's 2012, the unemployment rate was projected to decline estimate outside of a range of 2.2 to 2.7 percent. By only a little this year, with the central tendency of par comparison, participants' views about the level to ticipants' forecasts at 8.2 to 8.5 percent at year~end. which the unemployment rate would converge in the Thereafter, participants expected that the pickup in the long run are more diverse, reflecting, among other pace of the expansion in 2013 and 2014 would be things, different views on the outlook for labor supply accompanied by a further gradual improvement in and on the extent of structural impediments in the labor market conditions. The central tendency of par labor market. ticipants' forecasts for the unemployment rate at the end of 2013 was 7.4 to 8.1 percent, and it was 6.7 to 7.6 percent at the end of 2014. The central tendency of The Olltlook for Inflation participants' estimates of the longer-run normal rate of unemployment that would prevail in the absence of Participants generally viewed the outlook for inflation further shocks was 5.2 to 6.0 percent. Most partici as very similar to that in November. Most indicated pants indicated that they anticipated that five or six that, as they expected, the dfeets of the run-up in years would be required to close the gap hetween the prices of energy and other commodities and the supply 119 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 660.57057 52 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [] February 2012 Figure 3.A. Distribution of participants' projections for the change in real GDP, 2012-14 and over the longernm ?\fmuberofpmtlcipants ~18 -16 14 --12 10 Percent range __________________~ _______________N u!llberofparucipant~ 2013 -18 16 -14 12 ~!O - 8 Percent rang.; _ 2014 --18 16 14 -]2 - !O Percent range _________________________________Nl_ "_!herofpart\cipams Longer run 18 -16 14 ~12 ---10 8 Percent range NOTE: Definitions of variables are in the general note to table 1. 120 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 760.57057 Board (~f (iovel'nnrs of the Federal Reserve S)stem 53 Figure 3.B. Di~iribution of participants' projections for the unemployment rate, 2012-14 and over the longer nm _________________________________ Nnruberofparudpunts Pereentrange __________________________________N1 _unberofparticipunts 2013 --18 16 --14 12 -to 8 Percent range Nllmberofparticipanh _ 2014 -18 16 t.I -12 to Percent range _________________________________Nlu llberofprnticipants Longer run 18 -16 14 -12 ---10 8 Perecntrange Definitions ofvarlables are in the general note to table 1. 121 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 860.57057 54 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [] February 2012 disruptions that occurred in the first half of 2011 had federal funds rate would be 10 percent at the end of largely waned, and that inflation had been subdued in that year. For the two participants who put the first recent months. Participants also noted that in11ation increase in 2016, the appropriate target federal funds expectations had remained stahle over the past year rate at the end of that year was 1:.:1 and 1% percent In despite the fluctuations in headline inflation. Assuming contrast. six participants expected that an increase in no further supply shocks, most participants anticipated the target l~deral funds rate would be appropriate that bot h headline and core inflation would remain within the next two years, and t hose participants subdued over the 2012~ 14 period at rates at or below anticipated that the target rate would need to be the FOMCs longer-run objective of 2 percent. Specifi increased to around 1 ~h to 2% percent at the end of cally, the central tendency of participants' projections 2014. for the increase in inflation, as measured hy the peE Participants' assessments of the appropriate path for price index, in 2012 was 1.4 to 1.8 percent, and it edged the federal funds rate reljected their judgments of the up to a central tendency of 1.6 to 2.0 percent in 2014; policy that would best support progress in achieving the central kndencies of the forecasts for core peE the Federal Reserve's mandale for promoting maxi inflation were largely the same as those for the total mum employment and stable prices. Among the key measure. factors informing participants' expectations about the Figures 3.C and 3.1) provide inl()rmation about the appropriate setting for monetary policy were their diversity of parlicipants' views about the outlook for assessments of the maximum level of employment, the int1ation. Compared with their November projections, Committee's longer-run inflation goal, the extent to expectations fC)f int1ation in 2012 shifted down a bit, which current conditions deviate rrom these mandak with some parlicipants noting that the slowing in inl1a consistent levels, and their projections of the likely tion at. the end of 2011 had been greater t.han they time horizons required to return employment and anticipated. Nonetheless., the range of participants' inflation to such levels. Several participants com forecasts for inflation in 2012 remained wide, and the mented that their assessments took into account the dispersion was only slightly narrower in 20B. By 2014, risks to the outlook for economic activity and infla the range of inflation forecasts narrowed more notice tion, and a few pointed specifically to the relevance of ably, as participants expected that, under appropriate financial stability in their policy judgments. Partici monetary policy, inflation would begin to converge to pants also noted that because the appropriate stance of the Committee's longer-run objective. In general, the monctary policy depends importantly on the evolution dispersion of views on the outlook ft)r inflation over of real activity and intlation over time, their assess the projection period represented differences in judg ments of t he appropriate future pat h of the federal ments regarding the degree of slack in resource utiliza funds rale could change if economic conditions were tion and the extenl to which slack influences inflation 10 evolve in an unexpected manner. and inflation expectations. In addition, parlicipants All participants reported levels f(x the appropriate differed in their estimates of how the stance of mon target federal funds rate at the end of 2014 that were etary policy would influence inflation expectations. well below their estimates of lhe level expected to pre vail in the longer run. The longer-run nominal1evels were in a range from 3% to 4:12 percent, rcl1ecting par Appropriate MOlletary Policy ticipants' judgments about the longer-run equilibrium level of the real federal funds rate and the Committee's Most participants judged that the current outlook inflation objective of 2 percent. for a moderate pace of economic recovery with the Participants also provided qualitative information unemployment rate declining only gradually and int1a on their views regarding lhe appropriate path of the tion subdued-warranted exceptionally low levels of Federal Reserve's balance sheet. A few participants the federal funds rate at least until late 2014. In par assessments of appropriate monetary policy incorpo ticular, five participants viewed appropriate policy ratcd additional purchases of longer-term securities in fIrming as commencing during 2014, while six others 2012, and a number of participants indicated that they judged that the l1rst increase in the federal funds rate remained open to a consideration of additional asset would not be warranted until 2015 or 2016. As a result, purchases if the economic outlook det.eriorated. All those 11 participants anticipated that the appropriate but one of the participants continued 10 expect that federal funds rate at the end of 2014 would be I per the Committee would carry out the normalization of cent or lower. Those who saw the llrst increase occur the balance sheet according to the principles approved ring in 2015 reported that they anticipated that the at the June 2011 FOMC meeting. That is, prior to the 122 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 960.57057 Board of Governors oj the Federal Reserve ,'))stem 55 Figure 3,C. Distribution of participants' projections fc)f peE inflation, 2012-14 and over the longer run Percent range _________________________________Nl _nnbe,ofparticipant5 2013 -18 --·16 - 14 12 -10 -- 8 Percent range __ 2014 -18 16 14 --12 10 Percent range _________________________________Nln nherofparticip~nts Longer run 18 Percent range Definitions ofvariablcs are in the general note to table 1. 123 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 070.57057 56 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress rJ February 2012 Figure 3.D. Distribution of participants' projections for core peE inflation, 2012-14 )iumkrofparticipants -18 --16 1-1 -12 10 8 Percent range r;Hlnkr()fpmti~'11Xlnt;; 2013 18 -16 I. -12 10 -- 6 Percent range 2014 18 -16 -\4 -12 ]0 Definitions ofvaliablcs are in the general note to table L first increase in the federal funds rate, the Committee assumed an early end of the maturity extension would likely cease reinvesting some or all payments on program. the securities holdings in the System Open Market Figure 3,E details the distrihution of participants' Account (SOMA), and it would likely begin sales of judgments regarding the appropriate level of the target agency securities from the SOMA sometime after the federal funds rate at the end of each calendar year first rate increase, aiming to eliminate the SOMA's from 2012 to 2014 and over the longer run. Most par holdings of agency securities over a period of three to ticipants anticipated that economic conditions would five years. Indced~ most participants saw sales of warrant maintaining the current low level of 1he fed agency securities starting no earlier than 2015. IIow eral funds rate over the next two years. However, views ever. those participants anticipating an earlier increase on the appropriate level of the federal funds rate at the in the federal funds rate also called for carlier adjust end of 2014 were more widely dispersed, with two ments to the balance sheet, and one participant thirds of participants seeing the appropriate level of 124 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 170.57057 Board (~r Governors of the Federal Reserve $vstem 57 Figure 3,E. Distribution of participants' projections tor the target federal flUlds rate, 2012-l4 and over the longer nUl -;\fUHlWfOflMlticipal1\S -18 January projections ---16 10 8 Percent range _ 2013 -18 --16 -14 -12 Percent range Numbcrofp3rticJpants 2014 -18 16 -14 12 -to 8 -6 - 2 3.38- 302 Percent range Longcrnm 18 -16 --14 12 10 ~- 8 NOTE: The target funds rate is measured as the kvel of the target r'lte at the end of the calendar year or in the longer run. 125 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 270.57057 58 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [] February 2012 the federal funds rate as I percent or below and five Table 2. Average histoJic.:'tl projection error ranges seeing t.he appropriate rate as 2 percent or higher. Those participants who judged that a longer period of exceptionally low levels of the federal funds rate would be appropriate generally also ant.icipated that the pace of the economic expansion would he moderate and that the unemployment rate would decline only gradu ally, remaining well above its longer-run rate at the end of 2014. Almost all of these participants expected that inflation would be relatively stable at or below the FOMC's longer-run objective of 2 percent until the time of the tirsi increase in the federal funds rate. A number of them also mentioned their assessment that a longer period of low federal funds rates js appropri ate when the federal funds rate is constrained by its eflective lower hound. In contrast, the six participants who judged that policy firming should begin in 2012 or 2013 indicated that the Committee would need to act decisively to keep intiati()fl at mandatc-c()nsistent levels recoveries over the past 60 years. In that regard, par and to limit the risk of undermining Federal Reserve ticipants continued to be uncertain about the pace at credihility and causing a risc in inflation expectations. which credit conditions would ease and about pros Several were projecting a faster pickup in economic pects for a recovery in the housing sector. In addition, activity, and a few stressed the risk of distortions in the participants generally saw the outlook for fiscal and fInancial system from an extended period of exception regulatory policies as still highly uncertain. Regarding ally low interest rates. the unemployment rate, several expressed uncertainty about how labor demand and supply would evolve over the forecast period. Among the sources of uncer Uncertainty and Risks tainty about the outlook for inflation were the difficul ties in assessing the current and prospective margins of slack in resource markets and the effect of such slack Figure 4 shows that most participants continued to on prices. share the view that their projections for real GDP A majority of participants continued to report that growth and the unemployment rate were subject to a they saw the risks to their forecasts of real GDP higher level of uncertainty than was the norm during growth as weighted to the downside and, accordingly, the previous 20 years.:':3 Many also judged the level of the risks to their projections for the unemployment uncertainty associated \vith their inflation forecasts to rate as skewed to the upside. All but one of the remain he higher than the longer-run norm, hut that assess ing participants viewed the risks to both projections as ment was somewhat less prevalent among participants broadly balanced, while one noted a risk that the than was the case for uncertainty ahout real activity. unemployment rate might continue to decline more Participants identified a number of factors that con rapidly than expected. The most frequently cited trihuted to the elevated level of uncertainty about the downside risks to the projected pace of the economic outlook. In particular, many participants continued to expansion were the possihility of financial market and cite risks related to ongoing developments in Europe. economic spillovers from the flscal and flnancial issues More broadly, they again noted difliculties in forecast in the euro area and the chance that some of the fac ing the path of economic recovery from a deep reces tors that have restrained the recovery in recent years sion that was the result of a severe financial crisis and could persist and weigh on economic activity to a thus dificred importantly from the experience with greater extent than assumed in participants' baseline f()fccasts. In particular, some partjcipan1s mentioned the downside risks to consumer spending from still weak household balance sheets and only modest gains summary. the box "Forec'lst Cnc-ertainty" discusses the sources and in real income, along with the possible effects of still high levels of uncertainty regarding fiscal and regula lory policies that might damp businesses' Willingness 126 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 370.57057 Board qf Governors (~r the Federa! Reserve ,)~vstem 59 Figure 4, Uncertainty and risks in economic projections -----~\l-mbcr-<}fp-mHdp-al).t'l --18 ---16 --10 ~- 4 ~umber,-'fp3rtJ('lpanIS ----------Nilll\b-crl-'fpmti~lpants ____ tlnccltainty about the unemployment rate -18 _ Risks to the unemployment rate -18 --16 -10 "Uncertainty about PCE inflation --1R Risks to IJC'E in.11ation -18 --111 -16 14 14 -1::: Uncertainty about core PCE inflation -18 Risk<; to core PCE inflation -18 -16 -16 14 14 -. 12 127 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 470.57057 60 Monetary Policy Report to the Congress [J February 2012 forecast The (~conornic projections provided by the mem the second year, and 1.2 to 4.8 in the third year. ThE' bers of the Board of Coy{'rnors and the pn"sirients corresponding 70 percpnt confidf'nce intetvals for of the Federal RE-'serve 8anks inform discussions of overall inflation would be 1.1 to 2.9 percent in the CUtT0ntyear and 1.0 to 3.0 percent in the second and third years. Because Cllrrent conditions may differ from hOWt~ver. fhe economic and statistical thos(' that prevailed, on average, over history, par relationsh ips used to help produce ticipants provide judgnlf>nts as to whether tIl(> economic forE'casts are necessarily imperff~ct uflcprtainty attached to their proj0ctions of each descriptions of the rea! world, and the futmc path variable is gr('ater than, smaller than, or broadly of the economy can be affected myriad unfon" similar to typicallpvels of forecast unccttainty in seen developments and events. the as shown ill table 2. pro- stance of rnolldalY policy, not only what appears to be the nomic outcome as embodied in but also the range of altf'rnative likf>lihood of th(>ir occurring, potentia! costs to the economy should they occur. Table 2 summariz(>s the averagf-' historical accu racy of a range of fore-cast.">, indudingthosE' reported in past MOlletary Polky Repo/1s and those by the Federal Resetve Board's stafTin of nlP.f>tings of the FedNal Opf>n Market Comrnittec. The projcLlion error ranges shown in the table illustrate the considerab!f> uflcf>rtainty associated wit h pconotnic forecasts. For example, suppose a participant projects that real gross domestic product (CDP) and total will rise steadily at annua! rates of, "'>U'''''V''''V, :3 peru·nt and 2 If the ingthosc in the P8.st the risks around the broadly balanced, the would imply a probability of about 70 percent that actual GDP would expand within 4.3 pen'{'nt in the current yeat~ 1.3 to invest and hire. A number of participants noted the these participants saw the persistence of substantial risk of another disruption in global oil markets that slack in resource utilization as likely to keep intlation could not only boost inflation hut also reducc real subdued over the projection period, a few others notcd income and spending. The participants who judged the the risk that elevated resource slack might put more risks to be hroadly halanced also recognized a number downward pressure on int1ation than expected. In con of these dmvnside risks to the outlook but saw them as trast, some participants noted the upside risks to infla counterbalanced by the possibility that the resilience of tion from developments in glo bal oil and commodity economic act ivity in late 20 II and the recent drop in markets, and several indicated that the current highly the unemployment ratc might signal greater underlying accommodative stance of monetary policy and the momentum in economic activity. substantial liquidity currently in the financial system In contrast to their outlook for economic activity~ risked a pickup in inflation to a level above th~ Com most participants judged the risks to their projections mittee's objective. A few also pointed to the risk that of inflation as broadly h11anced. Participants generally uncertainty about the Committee's ability to effectively viewed the recent decline in int1ation as having been in remove policy accommodation \vhen appropriate could line with their earlier forecasts, and they noted that lead to a risc in inflation expectations. inflation expectations remain stable. \Vhile many of 128 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 570.57057 61 ABS asset-backed securities AFE advanced foreign economy ATG American International Group, Inc. ARRA American Recovery and Reinvestment Act CDS credit default swap C&I commercial and industrial CMBS commercial mortgage-backed securities CP commercial paper CRE commercial real estate DPI disposable personal income EBA European Banking Authority FCB European Central Bank EMF emerging market economy E&S equipment and software FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation rOMe Federal Open Market Committee; also, the Committee FRBNY Federal Reserve Bank of New York GDP gross domestic product GSE government-sponsored enterprise LIBOR London interbank offered rate MEl' maturity extension program MBS mortgage-backed securities NIPA national income and product accounts OIS overnight index swap PCE personal consumption expenditures rcpo repurchase agreement SCOOS Senior Credit Officer Opinion Survey on Dealer Financing Terms SEP Summary of Economic Projections SLOOS Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices S&P Standard and Poor's SOMA System Open Market Account WTI West Texas Intermediate 129 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 670.57057 Questions for The Honorable Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, from Chairman Bachus: • Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires that the Federal Reserve establish prudential standards for the largest banking institutions that are more stringent than those that apply to smaller banks. In doing so, the Board may differentiate among companies on an individual basis or by category, taking into consideration their capital structure, riskiness, complexity, financial activities, size, and any other risk-related factors that the Board deems appropriate. Congress included this provision to give you the flexibility to differentiate between the largest and most complex bank holding companies, and those with more traditional activities that nevertheless exceed $50 billion in assets. o Has the Board established a way to tailor its application of enhanced prudential standards based on the riskiness or complexity of a company's activities? Will the Board establish a tiered approach to enhanced standards, with increasingly stringent standards or capital surcharges being applied to the most complex institutions? On December 20,2011, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Board") invited public comment on a package of proposed rules to implement sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of2010 ("Dodd-Frank Act") for nonbank financial companies that the Financial Stability Oversight Council has designated for supervision by the Board and bank holding companies with consolidated assets of$50 billion or more (collectively "covered companies"). See Enhanced Prudential Standards and Early Remediation Requirements for Covered Companies; Proposed Rule, 77 Fed. Reg. 593 (Jan. 5, 2012). The package includes proposals for risk-based capital and leverage requirements, liquidity requirements, single-counterparty credit limits, stress testing, risk-management requirements, and an early remediation regime. The Board's proposal generally includes standards that are calibrated to take account of a covered company's capital structure, risk profile, complexity, activities, size, and any other appropriate risk-related factors. The public comment period on the proposed rules closed on April 30, 2012, and the Board received nearly 100 comment letters from individuals, trade and financial industry groups, community groups, and financial institutions. Many commenters provided views on how the Board could further tailor application of the proposed standards to covered companies based on their systemic footprint and risk characteristics. The Board is currently reviewing comments received on the proposal carefully, and will take the views expressed by commenters into consideration as it works to develop [mal rules to implement sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd Frank Act. o Has the FSQC recommended that the Board use a tiered approach in applying enhanced standards? Section 115 of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Financial Stability Oversight Council ("Council") may make recommendations to the Board concerning the establishment and 130 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 770.57057 -2- refinement of prudential standards and reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to covered companies. 12 U.S.C. 5325(a)(I). The Board consulted with the Council, including by providing periodic updates to members of the Council and their staff on the development of the proposal the Board issued in December 2011. The proposal reflects comments provided to the Board as a part of this consultation process. 131 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 870.57057 Questions for The Honorable Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, from Representative Fitzpatrick: 1. Larry Summers has said "New regulations that burden investment should be avoided unless there is an urgent and compelling rationale." He also pointed out that "[mJost policy failures in the US ... take steps that would have been productive pre-crisis but are counterproductive now with the economy constrained by lack of confidence and demand." In particular, he mentioned financial regulation, pointing out that "even as the gap between the economy's production and its capacity increases," financial regulation makes our economic problems worse because right now, "financial regulation focuses on discouraging risk-taking." a) Given the Federal Reserve's unique perspective as both a financial regulator and the caretaker of the economy, can you give me your view of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementation? The Federal Reserve Board and its staff are keenly aware of the need to be on guard against the human tendency, highlighted by Dr. Summers' admonition, to "refight the last battle" by gravitating toward measures that address circumstances which no longer exist rather than being more appropriately focused on current and future conditions. But acceptance of that proposition I view as wholly consistent with my continued support for the key provisions of Dodd-Frank, which I believe will, once implemented, give us a set of useful tools and authorities that were conspicuously lacking in the past. As a result of their absence, problems at individual financial firms that became evident during the 2007-2008 crisis ultimately had more profound and damaging consequences for the financial system as a whole as well as for the broader economy. To my mind, Dr. Summers' standard of "urgent and compelling rationale" is satisfied by the provisions of Dodd-Frank providing for the formation of the multi-agency Financial Stability Oversight Council ("FSOC") with the authority to designate systemically important nonbank financial firms; the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's (FDIC's) orderly liquidation authority; stricter prudential standards for large financial firms; and better transparency and regulation of over-the-counter derivatives. The Federal Reserve considers the costs and benefits of every rule that we write, including regulations implementing Dodd-Frank and regulations implementing international agreements on bank prudential requirements. We seek to balance carefully the need to promote financial stability--recognizing the very sizable and long-lasting negative macroeconomic effects of financial crises--while minimizing effects on economic growth and credit availability, which of course are the desirable consequences of risk-taking by private sector market participants. We strive to present our regulatory proposals as a package of integrated changes wherever possible to ensure that banking institutions and other private sector market participants have the opportunity to evaluate and express their views regarding the impact of these changes collectively, and encourage other regulatory agencies to take a similar approach. We recognize that a series of measures which, individually, might have only modest costs can nonetheless interact in a manner that has more serious implications for risk- taking and capital formation than does any component in isolation. I believe that our approaches to enhanced prudential standards 132 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 970.57057 -2- for systemically important financial institutions (SIFIs), development of Basel III capital adequacy regime, and other key regulatory reform provisions clearly reflects this sensitivity. In working with other agencies to implement these provisions, we are also highly focused on questions of competitive equity along two critical dimensions: First, we recognize the important role that smaller banks play in the financial system, and are attune to the risk that regulatory refoun could have unintended consequences that would weaken their competitive position in certain markets with respect to larger institutions. We are committed to mitigating possible differential impacts on small banks, including by providing adequate transition periods. Second, we are very aware that the financial system, in many important respects, has become a global one. U.S. institutions must compete, within the U.S. and overseas, against institutions headquartered in many other jurisdictions. We do not want to strengthen the oversight of and standards for U.S. markets and institutions in a manner that will merely shift activity elsewhere. That outcome would both undermine the long-term viability of the U.S. financial services industry and at the same time fail to protect the U.S. economy from the risks associated with financial crises. With this concern in mind, the Federal Reserve is pursuing the most important and wide-reaching regulatory reform initiatives, including all of those I cited above, in close coordination with central banks and supervisors in other jurisdictions, in many cases through multilateral groups including the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, the Committee on the Global Financial System, and the Financial Stability Board. b) Did Congress go too far in discouraging risk-taking when we need it the most? I believe that Dodd-Frank can be implemented in a manner that allows a reasonable balancing of the need to preserve risk -taking by private sector market participants, and the consequent positive implications for capital formation and credit availability, with the need to impose reasonable limitations on aggregate risk in the financial system. The basic approaches that I described above are, in my mind, key to achieving that reasonable balancing, and I believe that these approaches are eminently workable. In the event that I become concerned that there is not sufficient flexibility in the statute, that the interaction between different provisions creates unintended adverse consequences, that the implementation of regulatory reform threatens in practice to materially harm the competitive positions of U.S. financial firms relative to their peers abroad, or small firms relative to their larger brethren, I will bring that conclusion to the attention of yourself and your colleagues. I would also note, however, that the 2007-2008 fmancial crisis, which had a devastating effect on the U.S. financial system and economy, was caused in material part by excessive and imprudent risk taking on the part of private firms. While I recognize the important role of risk-taking by private sector market participants in the economy and the imperative to not unduly discourage such behavior, it would be unacceptable in my view if steps--including robust implementation of the four key provisions of Dodd-Frank that I highlighted above--were not taken to materially diminish the likelihood of such shifting financial crisis occurring again in the future. 133 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 080.57057 -3 - 2. Can you discuss the effect that our nation's low interest rates have had on the amonnt of savings that the average family has and the level of participation in this eountry? Are more Americans saving or less? Specifically what has been the effect on retirees who may be living off of savings? In the aggregate, the personal saving rate - that is, the proportion of disposable personal income that households saved each month - was 4.7 percent in 2011, as compared with 2.4 percent in 2007. The increase in the saving rate over this period reflects a number of influences, including concerns about job loss in a weak economy and the need for many households to rebuild their balance sheets following the losses to their net worth from the declines in house prices and the stock market, that seem to have more than offset the negative influence of low interest rates on saving. That said, the Federal Reserve is quite aware that monetary policy decisions have implications for savers, including retirees who may be living off of their savings. In particular, we recognize that the accommodative monetary policy we have put in place to support the economic recovery means that savers may receive less income from their interest-bearing assets for a time. However, it is important to recognize that savers invest in a variety of assets- including stocks, corporate bonds, and other securities--and that a weak economy adversely affects the returns on these assets. In this regard, a goal of monetary policy is to promote the return of the economy to its potential, so that it is sustaining increases in jobs, income, and opportunities for investment that wi111ead to higher returns across a wide range of assets for savers and investors. In addition, the Federal Reserve aims to keep inflation low and stable over time, which limits the risk to investors, that high inflation will undermine the value of their savings. 3. In your testimony you described the inflation outlook as "subdued" at least in the near term. Looking out, as best you can, beyond 2 or 3 years, what are your projections for inflation? At the time of the January meeting, the members of the Board of Governors and the Reserve Bank presidents provided projections for inflation, as measured by the annual change in the price index for personal consumption expenditures, for the next several years and in the longer-run. The central tendency of these projections pointed to subdued inflation rates of between 1.4 and 2.0 percent through the end of2014 (on a fourth quarter to fourth quarter basis) and a longer-run rate of 2.0 percent. Since January, energy prices have increased, contributing to a rise in consumer price inflation. However, longer-term inflation expectations have remained stable and the Committee anticipates that the increase in inflation is only temporary; the Committee expects that inflation will subsequently run at or below 2 percent, which is the rate that the Committee judges to be most consistent with its dual mandate (as stated in the Committee's statement on its Longer-Run Goals and Policy Strategy: http://www.(ederalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20120125c.htm!. 134 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 180.57057 Questions for The Honorable Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, from Representative Luetkemeyer: 1. The Dodd-Frank Act sets $50 billion as an arbitrary cut-off for insured depositories that will be subject to more stringent prudential standards under section 165 of the Act. However, for purposes ofimplemeuting those more rigorous prudential standards, the language also grants the Board of Governors and the FSQC the discretion to differentiate among the so-called systemically important banks according to a range of risk-related factors. Size, complexity, financial activities and riskiness might be among those factors the Board of Governors conld choose to look at when drafting the implementing regulations. Congress recognized that institutions below the $50 billion threshold do not present the same risks to the overall economy. A one-size-fits-all approach would appear to be unnecessary and inappropriate given the broad discretion Congress granted to your organization, particularly in the area of additional capital requirements. Does the Board of Governors plan to tier treatmeut among those institutions subject section 165 and, if so, how? On December 20,2011, the Board of Govemors of the Federal Reserve System ("Board") invited public comment on a package of proposed rules to implement sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of2010 ("Dodd-Frank Act") for nonbank financial companies that the Financial Stability Oversight Council has designated for supervision by the Board and bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more (collectively "covered companies"). See Enhanced Prudential Standards and Early Remediation Requirements for Covered Companies; Proposed Rule, 77 Fed. Reg. 593 (Jan. 5, 2012). The package includes proposals for risk-based capital and leverage requirements, liquidity requirements, single-counterparty credit limits, stress testing, risk-management requirements, and an early remediation regime. The Board's proposal generally includes standards that are calibrated to take account of a covered company's capital structure, risk profile, complexity, activities, size, and any other appropriate risk-related factors. The public comment period on the proposed rules closed on April 30, 2012, and the Board received nearly 100 comment letters from individuals, trade and financial industry groups, community groups, and financial institutions. Many commenters provided views on how the Board could further tailor application of the proposed standards to covered companies based on their systemic footprint and risk characteristics. The Board is currently reviewing comments received on the proposal carefully, and will take the views expressed by commenters into consideration as it works to develop final rules to implement sections 165 and 166 ofthe Dodd Frank Act. 2. Regardless of how you score seigniorage, and which agency-the Treasury Department or the Federal Reserve-collects those profits, don't you agree that a dollar coin, which lasts over 30 years, will be cheaper for the US to maintain than a dollar bill, which last 2-3 years? Why should the Federal Reserve be able to count the seigniorage of paper currency, while the Treasury only gets to count the seigniorage of coins? Shouldn't the Treasury Department be able to count the seigniorage for both paper currency and coin? 135 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 280.57057 -2- The most recent GAO study, completed in February 2012, states that the cost of producing sufficient coins to replace all one dollar notes is never fully recovered during the 3D-year analysis and that all savings are attributable to increased seigniorage income. One dollar coins last about six times longer than one dollar notes, and they cost approximately six times more to produce. One dollar notes have an estimated life of 56 months while one dollar coins have an estimated life of 30 years. One dollar notes cost approximately five cents to produce while one dollar coins cost about 30 cents to produce. Overall, since more than lone dollar coin is required to replace lone dollar note, the production costs of the one dollar coins needed to replace the one dollar notes would exceed the production costs of continuing to supply the economy with one dollar notes. In addition, the GAO's study did not address the broader societal costs to consumers, retailers and other businesses, and state and local governments of a transition to one dollar coins. Nor did the analysis address the counterfeiting risks associated with a large-scale replacement of the one dollar note with a one dollar coin. These additional costs and risks should be considered before making any policy recommendations to eliminate the one dollar note. We believe it is important to recognize that the seigniorage earnings from currency and coin are essentially a transfer from the holders of these forms of money to the government. Both the U.S. Mint and the Federal Reserve transfer their seigniorage earnings in excess of the operating costs of their organizations to the Treasury's general fund. 136 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 380.57057 Questions for The Honorable Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, from Representative Schweikert: 1. Mr. Bernanke, you have urged Congress to reduce spending and narrow our incomprehensible budget deficits. I can agree with you more. Yet, I have noticed the Federal Reserve has stepped up its criticism of an effort that will save the government billions of dollars without cutting one program or raising one tax-replacing the dollar bill with the dollar coin. As you may know, I have introduced legislation to phase out the dollar bill, which lasts only a couple of years, has to be disposed of in landfills, and is more expensive to maintain. Can you explain to this committee why, when every other industrialized nation has moved to a single denomination coin, and the polls have shown that the US public will support it then told of the money it saves, the Federal Reserve continues to be the primary opponent to this common sense move? The most recent GAO study, completed in February 2012, states that the cost of producing sufficient coins to replace all one dollar notes is never fully recovered during the 30-year analysis and that all savings are attributable to increased seigniorage income. The GAO's analysis did not address the broader societal costs to consumers, retailers and other businesses, and state and local goveruments of a transition to one dollar coins. The analysis also does not address the counterfeiting risks associated with replacing the one dollar note with a one dollar coin. These additional costs and risks should be considered before making any policy recommendations to eliminate the one dollar note. A number of other economies in recent decades have replaced one dollar notes with one dollar coins. In general, the low-denomination note that was replaced in those economies had a far shorter useful life (typically three to six months) than is the case with the one dollar note, which currently has a useful life of about 56 months. In the United States, one dollar coins last about six times longer than one dollar notes, but they also cost six times more to produce. Since more than one dollar coin is required to replace one dollar note, the production costs of one dollar coins would exceed the production costs of one dollar notes. Therefore, unlike in countries with shorter note lives, there is no readily apparent cost-based justification to replace the one dollar note with the one dollar coin in the United States. 2. Currently, the Federal Reserve buys dollar bills from Treasury at cost (6 cents) and sells them at face ($1). The Fed buys approximately 3 billion $1 bills annually, meaning on the dollar bills alone, the Fed makes a profit of $2.82 billion. Yet, the Fed must buy coins from the Treasury and the US Mint at face, and sell them at face. Isn't that the REAL reason the Federal Reserve opposes the dollar coin program? You don't make any money off the coins, so regardless of the fact that the GAO has consistently encouraged the US Government to move to the dollar coin, it simple isn't in the Fed's best interest. We believe it is important to recognize that the seigniorage earnings from currency and coin are essentially a transfer from the holders of these forms of money to the goverument. Both the U.S. Mint and the Federal Reserve transfer their seigniorage earnings in excess of the operating costs of their organizations to the Treasury's general fund. The seigniorage earnings on one dollar notes, however, represent only a small fraction of the seigniorage earnings on Federal Reserve 137 VerDate Nov 24 2008 18:30 Nov 19, 2012 Jkt 075075 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 6601 Sfmt 6601 K:\DOCS\75075.TXT TERRI 480.57057 -2- notes. In particular, while one dollar notes represent 31.6 percent of the number of notes in circulation, they represent less than one percent of the value of currency in circulation and the associated seigniorage earnings on Federal Reserve notes.

Ben S. Bernanke (2012, February 28). Congressional Testimony. Testimony, Federal Reserve. https://whenthefedspeaks.com/doc/testimony_20120229_chair_monetary_policy_and_the_state_of_the

@misc{wtfs_testimony_20120229_chair_monetary_policy_and_the_state_of_the,
  author = {Ben S. Bernanke},
  title = {Congressional Testimony},
  year = {2012},
  month = {Feb},
  howpublished = {Testimony, Federal Reserve},
  url = {https://whenthefedspeaks.com/doc/testimony_20120229_chair_monetary_policy_and_the_state_of_the},
  note = {Retrieved via When the Fed Speaks corpus}
}